* gdb.base/help.exp (help source): Update expected output.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
1eb7cd77
JB
4@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
5@setchapternewpage off
03727ca6 6@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 7@direntry
c906108c 8* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 9@end direntry
c906108c 10
a67ec3f4
JM
11@copying
12Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999,
9d2897ad 132000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010
a67ec3f4 14Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
15Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
16Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
17
e9c75b65
EZ
18Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
19under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 20any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
21Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
22Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
23Free Documentation License''.
a67ec3f4
JM
24@end copying
25
26@ifnottex
27This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
28
29@insertcopying
30@end ifnottex
c906108c 31
c906108c 32
56caf160
EZ
33@syncodeindex fn cp
34@syncodeindex vr cp
35
c906108c 36@titlepage
25822942 37@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
38@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
39@author John Gilmore
40@author Cygnus Solutions
41@author Second Edition:
42@author Stan Shebs
43@author Cygnus Solutions
44@page
45@tex
46\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
47\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
48{\parskip=0pt
49\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
50\hfill \manvers\par
51\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
52}
53@end tex
54
55@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a67ec3f4 56@insertcopying
c906108c
SS
57@end titlepage
58
449f3b6c 59@contents
449f3b6c 60
c906108c
SS
61@node Top
62@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
63@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
64@top Scope of this Document
65
25822942
DB
66This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
67includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
68as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
69
70@menu
587afa38 71* Summary::
c906108c
SS
72* Overall Structure::
73* Algorithms::
74* User Interface::
89437448 75* libgdb::
5f5233d4 76* Values::
669fac23 77* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 82* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
587afa38
EZ
99@node Summary
100@chapter Summary
101
102@menu
103* Requirements::
104* Contributors::
105@end menu
c906108c 106
587afa38
EZ
107@node Requirements
108@section Requirements
56caf160 109@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
110
111Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
112requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
113of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
114that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 115
56caf160
EZ
116First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
117front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
118shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 119
56caf160
EZ
120@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
121available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
122programmer.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
125the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
126going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
127to debugger commands.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
130While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 131picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
132programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
133mollify the debugger.
c906108c 134
56caf160
EZ
135@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
136Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
137heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 138
56caf160
EZ
139@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
140available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
141supports.
c906108c 142
587afa38
EZ
143@node Contributors
144@section Contributors
145
146The first edition of this document was written by John Gilmore of
147Cygnus Solutions. The current second edition was written by Stan Shebs
148of Cygnus Solutions, who continues to update the manual.
149
150Over the years, many others have made additions and changes to this
151document. This section attempts to record the significant contributors
152to that effort. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone
153is free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually
154acknowledge everyone here.
155
156@quotation
157@emph{Plea:} This section has only been added relatively recently (four
158years after publication of the second edition). Additions to this
159section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or enemies,
160to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this list, we would
161like to add your names!
162@end quotation
163
164A document such as this relies on being kept up to date by numerous
165small updates by contributing engineers as they make changes to the
166code base. The file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution
167approximates a blow-by-blow account. The most prolific contributors to
168this important, but low profile task are Andrew Cagney (responsible
169for over half the entries), Daniel Jacobowitz, Mark Kettenis, Jim
170Blandy and Eli Zaretskii.
171
172Eli Zaretskii and Daniel Jacobowitz wrote the sections documenting
173watchpoints.
174
175Jeremy Bennett updated the sections on initializing a new architecture
176and register representation, and added the section on Frame Interpretation.
177
c906108c
SS
178
179@node Overall Structure
180
181@chapter Overall Structure
182
56caf160
EZ
183@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
184symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
185@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 186
2e685b93 187The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
188supporting code.
189
190The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
191interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
192parsing, type and value printing.
193
194The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
195physical target manipulation.
196
197The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
198number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
199elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
200supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
201this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
202should fit together.
203
204@section The Symbol Side
205
56caf160
EZ
206The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
207you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
208For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
209many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
210
211@section The Target Side
212
56caf160
EZ
213The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
214Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
215of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
216available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
217
218Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
219display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 220such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
221relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
222way.
223
224@section Configurations
225
56caf160
EZ
226@cindex host
227@cindex target
25822942 228@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
229@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
230executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
231third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
232
1f70da6a
SS
233Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
234support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
235order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
236when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
237
238Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
239dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
240breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
241to call a function.
242
243Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
244is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 245host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
246process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
247registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
248in the native-dependent files.
249
250Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
251are really part of the target environment, but which require
252@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
253file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
254
1f70da6a
SS
255When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
256on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 257
25ab7e6d
EZ
258@section Source Tree Structure
259@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
260
261The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
262are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
263to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 264@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
265
266Files that are related to some common task have names that share
267common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
268debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
269reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
270deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
271parlance for the program being debugged).
272
273There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
274@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
275files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
276(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
277specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
278
279Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
280debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
281native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
282
283The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
284
285@table @file
286@item cli
287Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
288Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
289
290@item gdbserver
291Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
292
293@item gdbtk
294Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
295
296@item mi
297The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
298
299@item signals
300Target signal translation code.
301
302@item tui
303Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
304Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
305@end table
c906108c
SS
306
307@node Algorithms
308
309@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 310@cindex algorithms
c906108c 311
56caf160
EZ
312@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
313often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
314cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
315algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
316they use.
c906108c 317
7d30c22d
JB
318@section Prologue Analysis
319
320@cindex prologue analysis
321@cindex call frame information
322@cindex CFI (call frame information)
323To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
324variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
325of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
326saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
327younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
328scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
329changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
330may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
331
332Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
333which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
334But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
335technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
336registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
337code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
338allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
339register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 340accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
341helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
342CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
343@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
344calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
345
346In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
347target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
348optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
349write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
350understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
351GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
352understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
353themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
354and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
355instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
356
357@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
358@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
359@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
360To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
361and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
362prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
363analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
364framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
365``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
366using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
367would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
368starts with the instruction:
369
370@example
371addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
372@end example
373@noindent
374we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
375this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
376value.
377
378If we then see an instruction like:
379
380@example
381addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
382@end example
383@noindent
384we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
385it is now 64 greater than its original value.
386
387If the next instruction were:
388
389@example
390mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
391@end example
392@noindent
393then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
394@code{r1} plus 64.
395
396It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
397need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
398registers. So after an instruction like this:
399
400@example
401mov (fp+4), r2
402@end example
403@noindent
404then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
405holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
406
407And so on.
408
409Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
410wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
411the instruction:
412
413@example
414xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
415@end example
416@noindent
417then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
418a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
419relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
420``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
421information is acceptable for our application.
422
423So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
424approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
425never inaccurate.
426
427Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
428machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
429contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
430from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
431current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
432Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
433kept track of.
434
435@itemize @bullet
436
437@item
438To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
439stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
440minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
441If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
442the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
443we don't know the frame size.
444
445@item
446To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
447search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
448registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
449original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
450to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
451anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
452@end itemize
453
454This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
455quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
456forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
457function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
458of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
459worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
460and maintain. In the approach described above:
461
462@itemize @bullet
463
464@item
465It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 466whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
467the effect of each instruction.
468
469@item
470It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
471instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
472wasn't already broken before.
473
474@item
475It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
476complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
477of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
478what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
479already gathering the right data for you.
480
481@end itemize
482
483The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
484the framework and how to use it.
485
486
c906108c
SS
487@section Breakpoint Handling
488
56caf160 489@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
490In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
491where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
492that location.
493
494There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
495breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
496
56caf160
EZ
497@cindex hardware breakpoints
498@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
499Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
500features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
501register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 502(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 503ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
504exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
505
506Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
507include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
508processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
509address.
510
511A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
512breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
513software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
514breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 515@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 516for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
517
518Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 519limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 520start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 521notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
522whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
523breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
524an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
525
526@cindex software breakpoints
527Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
528The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
529instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
530that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
531@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
532user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
533instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
534
535Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 536must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 537can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 538although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
539
540Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
541instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
542target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
543breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
544larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
545targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
546instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
547set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
548although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
549instruction.
550
c906108c
SS
551Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
552much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
553
8181d85f
DJ
554@table @code
555@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
556@findex target_remove_breakpoint
557@findex target_insert_breakpoint
558@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
559@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
560Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
561@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
562non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
563breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
564@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
565to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
566@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
567related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
568contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
569if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
570underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
571memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
572@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
573it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
574
575For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
576shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 577the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
578@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
579used to remove the breakpoint.
580
581@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
582@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
583@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
584@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
585@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
586Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
587@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
588non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
589a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
590@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
591@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
592but @code{placed_size} may be.
593@end table
594
c906108c
SS
595@section Single Stepping
596
597@section Signal Handling
598
599@section Thread Handling
600
601@section Inferior Function Calls
602
603@section Longjmp Support
604
56caf160 605@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 606@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
607@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
608stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
609which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
610command.
c906108c 611
4a9bb1df
UW
612@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
613To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
614@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
615@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
616Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
617target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
618determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
619define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
620value once calculated.
c906108c 621
9742079a
EZ
622@section Watchpoints
623@cindex watchpoints
624
625Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
626breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
627instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
628your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
629hunt down and kill such bugs.
630
631@cindex hardware watchpoints
632@cindex software watchpoints
633Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
634known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
635hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
636software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
637will use software watchpoints are:
638
639@itemize @bullet
640@item
641The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
642watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
643to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
644more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
645watchpoints.
646
647@item
648The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
649registers (as opposed to memory).
650
651@item
652Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
653this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
654resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
655breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
656breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
657
658@item
659No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
660implementation.
661@end itemize
662
663Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
664single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
665watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
666section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
667
b6b8ece6
EZ
668When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
669possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
670It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
671was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
672
673Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
674once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
675triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
676is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
677method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
678For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
679every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
680For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
681@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
682and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
683watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
684considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
685otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
686each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
687the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
688watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
689changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 690
1f70da6a
SS
691@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
692
9742079a
EZ
693@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
694watchpoints:
695
696@table @code
9742079a
EZ
697@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
698@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
699Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
700possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
701of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
702not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
703number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
704is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
705are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
706the same time).
707
708@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
709@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
710Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
711whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
712
b6b8ece6 713@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
714@findex target_insert_watchpoint
715@findex target_remove_watchpoint
716@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
717@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
718Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
719@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
720possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
721defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
722
474c8240 723@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
724 enum target_hw_bp_type
725 @{
726 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
727 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
728 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
729 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
730 @};
474c8240 731@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
732
733@noindent
734These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
735
9742079a 736@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
737@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
738If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
739associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
740@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
741is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
742not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
743it to improve handling of those also.
744
745@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
746immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
747target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
748resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
749control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 750
5009afc5
AS
751@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
752@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
753Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
754lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
755@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
756granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
757watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
758region.
759
9742079a
EZ
760@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
761@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
762If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 763watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
764this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
765which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
766set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
767to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
768watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 769
4a9bb1df
UW
770@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
771@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
772If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
773watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
774watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
775interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
776
777@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
778@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
779If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
780inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
781when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
782read or write.
9742079a
EZ
783
784@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
785@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
786If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
787watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
788
789@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
790@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
791Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
792the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
793Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
794the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
795type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
796target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
797the @var{wait_status} argument.
798
799@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
800@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
801determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
802it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
803@end table
804
d983da9c
DJ
805@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
806@cindex watchpoints, with threads
807
808@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
809in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
810act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
811watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
812if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
813watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
814per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
815@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
816@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
817@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
818@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
819threads.
820
821@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
822at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
823multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
824queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
825is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
826@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
827thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
828two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
829will be called a second time for the second thread.
830
9742079a
EZ
831@subsection x86 Watchpoints
832@cindex x86 debug registers
833@cindex watchpoints, on x86
834
835The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
836registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
837generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
838support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
839subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
840
1f70da6a
SS
841(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
842thus only available for native configurations.)
843
9742079a
EZ
844To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
845following:
846
847@itemize @bullet
848@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
849@item
850Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
851target-dependent headers.
852
853@item
854Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
855defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
856
857@item
858Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
f0323ca0 859@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}).
9742079a
EZ
860
861@item
862Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
863below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
864which does the real work.
865@end itemize
866
867The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
868debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
869real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
870provide:
871
872@table @code
873@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
874@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
875Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
876
877@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
878@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
879Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
880
881@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
882@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
883Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
884number @var{idx}.
885
886@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
887@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
888Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
889used immediately after it is returned by
890@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
891register values.
892@end table
893
894For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
895that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
896to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
897allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
898expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
899wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
900maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
901anything to use this feature.
902
903The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
904bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
905be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
906region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
907@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
908bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
909a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
910region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
911
912The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
913@value{GDBN}'s application code:
914
915@table @code
916@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
917@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
918The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
919this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
920watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
921less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
922processors.
923
924@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
925@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
926The target function
927@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
928This
9742079a
EZ
929function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
930Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
931macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
932set in DR6.
933
ac77d04f
JJ
934@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
935@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
936The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
937is set to call this function. The
938argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
939function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
940Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
941macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
942returned.
943
9742079a
EZ
944@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
945@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
946@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
947@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
948Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
949@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
950are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
951looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
952region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
953reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
954register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
955the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
956value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
957register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
958and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
959inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
960@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
961required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
962each debug register.
963
964@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
965in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
966length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
967values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
968@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
969watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
970decrements the reference count, and only calls
971@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
972the count goes to zero.
973
974@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
975@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
976@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
977@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
978These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
979macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
980@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
981The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
982the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
983These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
984@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
985the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
986hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
987register.
988
9742079a
EZ
989@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
990@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
991This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
992bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
993the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
994@end table
995
996@noindent
997@strong{Notes:}
998@enumerate 1
999@item
1000x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
1001However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
1002@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
1003watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
1004on x86.
1005
1006@item
1007x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
1008only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
1009there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
1010whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
1011current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
1012always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
1013watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
1014unavailable in many platforms.
1015@end enumerate
1016
5c95884b
MS
1017@section Checkpoints
1018@cindex checkpoints
1019@cindex restart
1020In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
1021the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
1022
1023Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
1024whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
1025state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
1026registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1027of open files and devices.
1028
1029There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1030in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1031method implemented on the target side.
1032
1033A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1034state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1035not typically include information about external entities such as
1036open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1037
1038A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1039as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1040is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1041be used on other systems.
1042
b247355e 1043Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1044method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1045advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1046details of how it is done.
1047
1048
bcd7e15f
JB
1049@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1050@cindex observer pattern interface
1051@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1052
1053In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1054some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1055modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1056hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1057versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1058@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1059a strong limitation.
1060
1061A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1062Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1063a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1064previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1065easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1066interface when adding new notifications.
1067
1068See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1069currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1070implementation is also briefly discussed.
1071
c906108c
SS
1072@node User Interface
1073
1074@chapter User Interface
1075
1f70da6a
SS
1076@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1077command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1078
1079@section Command Interpreter
1080
56caf160 1081@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1082@cindex CLI
25822942 1083The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1084allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1085has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1086a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1087
56caf160
EZ
1088For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1089@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1090to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1091
56caf160
EZ
1092@findex add_cmd
1093@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1094To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1095the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1096place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1097the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1098
40dd2248
TT
1099@findex add_setshow_cmd
1100@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1101To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1102@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1103a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1104further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1105the new command structures for manipulation.
1106
56caf160
EZ
1107@cindex deprecating commands
1108@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1109Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1110deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1111aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1112@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1113return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1114command immediately after it is created.
1115
c72e7388 1116The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1117replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1118@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1119entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1120
587afa38 1121@anchor{UI-Independent Output}
0ee54786
EZ
1122@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1123@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1124@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1125
1126@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1127The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1128@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1129interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1130from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1131every UI, to produce output.
1132
1133@subsection Overview and Terminology
1134
1135In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1136of output, and can even generate an input request.
1137
1138Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1139
1140@itemize @bullet
1141@item
1142to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1143
1144@item
1145to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1146operation;
1147
1148@item
1149to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1150progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1151
1152@item
1153to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1154
1155@item
1156to show @emph{debug data};
1157
1158@item
1159to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1160@end itemize
1161
1162@noindent
1163This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1164although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1165
1166Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1167involves one or more of the following:
1168
1169@itemize @bullet
1170@item
1171output of the actual data
1172
1173@item
1174formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1175easily readable by humans
1176
1177@item
1178machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1179parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1180
1181@item
c72e7388
AC
1182annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1183parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1184@end itemize
1185
1186The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1187Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1188of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1189deprecated.
1190
c72e7388
AC
1191Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1192a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1193non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1194header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1195
c72e7388
AC
1196@table @code
1197@item <table> @expansion{}
1198@code{<header> <body>}
1199@item <header> @expansion{}
1200@code{@{ <column> @}}
1201@item <column> @expansion{}
1202@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1203@item <body> @expansion{}
1204@code{@{<row>@}}
1205@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1206
1207
1208@subsection General Conventions
1209
c72e7388
AC
1210Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1211@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1212object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1213
c72e7388
AC
1214The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1215to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1216
c72e7388
AC
1217The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1218When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1219sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1220format.
1221
c72e7388
AC
1222When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1223call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1224
1225
c72e7388 1226@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1227
1228@cindex list output functions
1229@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1230@cindex tuple output functions
1231This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1232tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1233(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1234
c72e7388
AC
1235To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1236containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1237fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1238
c72e7388
AC
1239Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1240rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1241even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1242
1243@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1244Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1245maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1246
1247The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1248
474c8240 1249@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1250 ui_out_table_begin
1251 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1252 @dots{}
0ee54786 1253 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1254 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1255 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1256 @dots{}
1257 ui_out_tuple_end
1258 @dots{}
0ee54786 1259 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1260@end smallexample
0ee54786 1261
c72e7388 1262Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1263functions:
1264
c72e7388
AC
1265@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1266The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1267of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1268function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1269the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1270@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1271pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1272@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1273was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1274
1275The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1276the end of the table's output.
1277@end deftypefun
1278
c72e7388
AC
1279@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1280@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1281table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1282column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1283@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1284
1285The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1286value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1287@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1288center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1289specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1290column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1291call.
0ee54786
EZ
1292@end deftypefun
1293
1294@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1295This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1296@end deftypefun
1297
1298@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1299This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1300after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1301functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1302
1303There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1304call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1305will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1306@end deftypefun
1307
c72e7388 1308The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1309call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1310@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1311@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1312calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1313
c72e7388
AC
1314@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1315This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1316to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1317implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1318after the call.
1319@end deftypefun
1320
1321@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1322This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1323one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1324@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1325be signaled.
1326@end deftypefun
1327
587afa38 1328@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1329This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1330(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1331and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1332cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1333@smallexample
1334struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1335ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1336old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1337 uiout);
1338@end smallexample
1339@end deftypefun
1340
1341@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1342This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1343an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1344implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1345after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1346@end deftypefun
1347
1348@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1349This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1350one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1351@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1352be signaled.
1353@end deftypefun
1354
587afa38 1355@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1356Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1357opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1358that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1359@end deftypefun
1360
1361@subsection Item Output Functions
1362
1363@cindex item output functions
1364@cindex field output functions
1365@cindex data output
1366The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1367items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1368
1369Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1370
1371@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1372This is the most general output function. It produces the
1373representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1374according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1375@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1376supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1377supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1378
1379This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1380use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1381@end deftypefun
1382
c72e7388 1383@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1384This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1385@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1386the name of the field.
1387@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1388
1389@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1390This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1391@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1392@var{fldname} specifies
1393the name of the field.
1394@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1395
5af949e3
UW
1396@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
1397This function outputs an address as appropriate for @var{gdbarch}.
0ee54786
EZ
1398@end deftypefun
1399
c72e7388 1400@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1401This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1402specification.
1403@end deftypefun
1404
1405Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1406functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1407@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1408the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1409used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1410of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1411@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1412you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1413@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1414@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1415and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1416constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1417you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1418@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1419
587afa38 1420@deftypefun {struct ui_stream *} ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
0ee54786
EZ
1421This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1422same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1423passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1424@code{ui_stream} object.
1425@end deftypefun
1426
1427@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1428This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1429@var{streambuf}.
1430@end deftypefun
1431
c72e7388 1432@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1433This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1434@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1435@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1436@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1437the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1438@end deftypefun
1439
1440@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1441out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1442@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1443cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1444skeleton code to do that:
1445
1446@smallexample
1447 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1448 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1449 ...
1450 do_cleanups (old);
1451@end smallexample
1452
1453If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1454of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1455
1456@smallexample
1457 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1458 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1459@end smallexample
1460
1461Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1462@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1463same buffer twice.
1464
1465@subsection Utility Output Functions
1466
c72e7388 1467@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1468This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1469an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1470@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1471@end deftypefun
1472
c72e7388 1473@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1474This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1475easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1476this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1477from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1478
1479Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1480the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1481to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1482string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1483output short messages.
1484@end deftypefun
1485
1486@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1487This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1488text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1489list.
1490@end deftypefun
1491
c72e7388 1492@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1493This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1494verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1495current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1496verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1497setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1498as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1499argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1500@end deftypefun
1501
1502@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1503This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1504of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1505output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1506be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1507accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1508explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1509@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1510@end deftypefun
1511
1512@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1513This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1514the UI buffers output.
1515@end deftypefun
1516
1517
1518@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1519
1520@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1521@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1522This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1523functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1524@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1525@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1526
1527This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1528produce a table.
1529
1530The original code was:
1531
474c8240 1532@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1533 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1534 @{
1535 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1536
1537 annotate_field (0);
1538 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1539 annotate_field (1);
1540 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1541 annotate_field (2);
1542 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1543 annotate_field (3);
1544 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1545 if (addressprint)
1546 @{
1547 annotate_field (4);
1548 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1549 @}
1550 annotate_field (5);
1551 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1552
1553 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1554 @}
474c8240 1555@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1556
1557Here's the new version:
1558
474c8240 1559@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1560 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1561
1562 if (addressprint)
1563 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1564 else
1565 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1566
1567 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1568 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1569 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1570 annotate_field (0);
1571 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1572 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1573 annotate_field (1);
1574 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1575 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1576 annotate_field (2);
1577 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1578 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1579 annotate_field (3);
1580 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1581 if (addressprint)
1582 @{
1583 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1584 annotate_field (4);
a6d9a66e 1585 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
c72e7388 1586 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1587 else
c72e7388
AC
1588 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1589 @}
1590 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1591 annotate_field (5);
1592 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1593 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1594 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1595 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1596@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1597
1598This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1599to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1600in the above example. The original code was:
1601
474c8240 1602@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1603 annotate_record ();
1604 annotate_field (0);
1605 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1606 annotate_field (1);
1607 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1608 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1609 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1610 (int)b->type);
1611 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1612 annotate_field (2);
1613 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1614 annotate_field (3);
1615 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1616 @dots{}
474c8240 1617@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1618
1619This is the new version:
1620
474c8240 1621@smallexample
0ee54786 1622 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1623 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1624 annotate_field (0);
1625 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1626 annotate_field (1);
1627 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1628 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1629 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1630 (int) b->type);
1631 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1632 annotate_field (2);
1633 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1634 annotate_field (3);
1635 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1636 @dots{}
474c8240 1637@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1638
1639This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1640produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1641functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1642automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1643
474c8240 1644@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1645 annotate_field (5);
1646 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1647@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1648
1649The new version is:
1650
474c8240 1651@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1652 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1653 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1654 ...
1655 annotate_field (5);
1656 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1657 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1658@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1659
1660This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1661@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1662was:
1663
474c8240 1664@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1665 annotate_field (5);
1666 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1667 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1668 else
1669 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1670@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1671
1672It became:
1673
474c8240 1674@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1675 annotate_field (5);
1676 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1677 @{
1678 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1679 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1680 @}
1681 else
1682 @{
1683 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1684 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1685 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1686 @}
474c8240 1687@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1688
1689The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1690use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1691code was:
1692
474c8240 1693@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1694 annotate_field (5);
1695 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1696 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1697@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1698
1699It became:
1700
474c8240 1701@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1702 annotate_field (5);
1703 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1704 @{
1705 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1706 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1707 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1708 @}
474c8240 1709@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1710
1711Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1712code was:
1713
474c8240 1714@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1715 annotate_field (5);
1716 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1717 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1718@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1719
1720It became:
1721
474c8240 1722@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1723 annotate_field (5);
1724 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1725 @{
1726 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1727 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1728 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1729 @}
474c8240 1730@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1731
1732Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1733
474c8240 1734@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1735 annotate_field (4);
1736 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1737 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1738@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1739
1740It became:
1741
474c8240 1742@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1743 annotate_field (4);
1744 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1745@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1746
1747
c906108c
SS
1748@section Console Printing
1749
1750@section TUI
1751
89437448 1752@node libgdb
c906108c 1753
89437448
AC
1754@chapter libgdb
1755
1756@section libgdb 1.0
1757@cindex @code{libgdb}
1758@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1759to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1760
1761@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1762@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1763@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1764better able to support graphical and other environments.
1765
1766Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1767evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1768
1769@itemize @bullet
1770@item
1771Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1772@item
1773Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1774@item
1775Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1776@item
1777Library - @file{gdb.h}
1778@end itemize
1779
1780The model that ties these components together is described below.
1781
1782@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1783
1784A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1785
1786@itemize @bullet
1787@item
1788As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1789@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1790state, etc).
1791@item
1792As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1793obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1794@end itemize
1795
c1468174 1796Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1797the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1798controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
587afa38 1799@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e.@: no other client is using @code{libgdb})
89437448
AC
1800before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1801
1802@section CLI support
1803
1804At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1805@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1806their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1807requirements.
1808
1809It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1810(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1811out the theory:
1812
1813@itemize @bullet
1814@item
1815The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1816@item
1817The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1818versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1819@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1820@item
1821The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1822used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1823@end itemize
1824
1825When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1826along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1827the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1828through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1829At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1830virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1831
1832The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1833@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1834client's custom builder).
1835
1836@section @code{libgdb} components
1837
1838@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1839@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1840be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1841observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1842the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1843finished the current command.
1844
1845@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1846@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1847create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1848when doing any queries.
1849
1850@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1851@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1852@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1853loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
587afa38 1854implement a new event-loop that @value{GDBN} would use.
89437448
AC
1855
1856The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1857@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1858instead of returning.
1859
1860@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1861@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1862the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1863builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1864before the query function returns.
c906108c 1865
5f5233d4
PA
1866@node Values
1867@chapter Values
1868@section Values
1869
1870@cindex values
1871@cindex @code{value} structure
1872@value{GDBN} uses @code{struct value}, or @dfn{values}, as an internal
1873abstraction for the representation of a variety of inferior objects
1874and @value{GDBN} convenience objects.
1875
1876Values have an associated @code{struct type}, that describes a virtual
1877view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the
1878value.
1879
1880A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its
1881@code{enum lval_type} enumeration type:
1882
1883@cindex @code{lval_type} enumeration, for values.
1884@table @code
1885@item @code{not_lval}
1886This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to.
1887
1888@item @code{lval_memory}
1889This value represents an object in memory.
1890
1891@item @code{lval_register}
1892This value represents an object that lives in a register.
1893
1894@item @code{lval_internalvar}
1895Represents the value of an internal variable.
1896
1897@item @code{lval_internalvar_component}
1898Represents part of a @value{GDBN} internal variable. E.g., a
1899structure field.
1900
1901@cindex computed values
1902@item @code{lval_computed}
1903These are ``computed'' values. They allow creating specialized value
1904objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core value
1905support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized
1906functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's
1907backend data, and optionally, a ``copy operator'' and a
1908``destructor''.
1909
1910Pointers to these functions are stored in a @code{struct lval_funcs}
1911instance (declared in @file{value.h}), and passed to the
1912@code{allocate_computed_value} function, as in the example below.
1913
1914@smallexample
1915static void
1916nil_value_read (struct value *v)
1917@{
1918 /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V.
1919 In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in
1920 something more interesting. */
1921
1922 memset (value_contents_all_raw (v),
1923 value_offset (v),
1924 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)));
1925@}
1926
1927static void
1928nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval)
1929@{
1930 /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */
1931
1932 to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval),
1933 value_offset (v),
1934 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)));
1935@}
1936
1937static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs =
1938 @{
1939 nil_value_read,
1940 nil_value_write
1941 @};
1942
1943struct value *
1944make_nil_value (void)
1945@{
1946 struct type *type;
1947 struct value *v;
1948
1949 type = make_nils_type ();
1950 v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL);
1951
1952 return v;
1953@}
1954@end smallexample
1955
1956See the implementation of the @code{$_siginfo} convenience variable in
1957@file{infrun.c} as a real example use of lval_computed.
1958
1959@end table
1960
669fac23
DJ
1961@node Stack Frames
1962@chapter Stack Frames
1963
1964@cindex frame
1965@cindex call stack frame
1966A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1967and called functions.
1968
1969@cindex unwind frame
1970@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1971need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1972the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1973Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1974read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1975@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1976
1977@findex frame_register_unwind
1978@findex get_frame_register
1979@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1980``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1981@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1982frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1983#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1984obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1985frame itself?
1986
1987@cindex sentinel frame
1988@findex get_frame_type
1989@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
587afa38 1990To answer this question, @value{GDBN} has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
669fac23
DJ
1991``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1992the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
1993is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
1994SENTINEL_FRAME}.
1995
1996@section Selecting an Unwinder
1997
1998@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
1999@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
2000The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
2001frame_unwind}), using the functions
2002@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
2003@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
2004sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
2005previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
2006registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
2007The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
2008is assigned to the frame.
2009
2010@section Unwinding the Frame ID
2011@cindex frame ID
2012
2013Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
2014The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
2015the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
2016including while other called frames are running; it is used to
2017locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
2018
2019Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
2020cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
2021to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
2022frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
2023when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
2024frame_info} for the same frame.
2025
2026The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
2027Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
2028frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
2029registers.
2030
2031Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
2032frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
2033two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
2034address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
2035the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
2036the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
2037
005ca36a 2038An invalid frame ID (@code{outer_frame_id}) returned from the
669fac23
DJ
2039@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
2040
005ca36a
JB
2041@code{null_frame_id} is another invalid frame ID which should be used
2042when there is no frame. For instance, certain breakpoints are attached
2043to a specific frame, and that frame is identified through its frame ID
2044(we use this to implement the "finish" command). Using
2045@code{null_frame_id} as the frame ID for a given breakpoint means
2046that the breakpoint is not specific to any frame. The @code{this_id}
2047method should never return @code{null_frame_id}.
2048
669fac23
DJ
2049@section Unwinding Registers
2050
2051Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
2052takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
2053It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
2054as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
2055current in this frame's caller.
2056
2057The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
2058have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
2059will generate the appropriate value:
2060
2061@table @code
2062@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
2063@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
2064This register was not saved.
2065
2066@item frame_unwind_got_register
2067@findex frame_unwind_got_register
2068This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
2069is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
2070same register.
2071
2072@item frame_unwind_got_memory
2073@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
2074This register was saved in memory.
2075
2076@item frame_unwind_got_constant
2077@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
2078This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
2079value some other way.
2080
2081@item frame_unwind_got_address
2082@findex frame_unwind_got_address
2083Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
2084address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
2085explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
2086pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
2087generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
2088@end table
2089
c906108c
SS
2090@node Symbol Handling
2091
2092@chapter Symbol Handling
2093
1f70da6a
SS
2094Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
2095variables, functions, and types.
2096
2097Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
2098reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
2099bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
2100all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
2101computational, rather than file reading.
2102
2103One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
2104to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
2105not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
2106time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
2107we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
2108symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
2109
2110@section Symbol Reading
2111
56caf160
EZ
2112@cindex symbol reading
2113@cindex reading of symbols
2114@cindex symbol files
2115@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
2116file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
2117debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
2118symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
2119more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
2120addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
2121libraries.
56caf160
EZ
2122
2123@findex find_sym_fns
2124Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
2125the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
2126of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
2127this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
2128
2129@findex add_symtab_fns
2130@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2131@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2132Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2133@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2134to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2135name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2136and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2137times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2138prefix.
2139
2140The functions supplied by each module are:
2141
2142@table @code
2143@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2144
56caf160 2145@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2146Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2147symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2148resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2149read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2150might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2151whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2152
2153The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2154@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2155new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2156and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2157information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2158in the @code{private} field.
2159
2160There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2161@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2162
2163@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2164
2165Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2166This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2167state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2168@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2169arguments and no result. It may be called after
2170@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2171may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2172
2173@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2174
2175Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2176symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2177
56caf160 2178@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2179@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2180the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2181address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2182table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2183or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2184@end table
2185
2186In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2187@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2188to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2189from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2190
2191@table @code
2192@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2193
56caf160 2194Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2195the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2196pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2197symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2198@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2199zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2200@end table
2201
2202@section Partial Symbol Tables
2203
56caf160 2204@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2205
2206@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2207@cindex full symbol table
2208@cindex symtabs
2209@item
2210Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2211information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2212
56caf160
EZ
2213@cindex psymtabs
2214@item
2215Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2216information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2217symbol table.
2218
56caf160
EZ
2219@cindex minimal symbol table
2220@cindex minsymtabs
2221@item
2222Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2223gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2224@end itemize
2225
56caf160 2226@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2227This section describes partial symbol tables.
2228
2229A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2230file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2231extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2232need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2233information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2234quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2235pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2236the user.
2237@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2238
2239The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2240visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2241that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2242types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2243
2244The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2245full symbol table would represent.
2246
56caf160
EZ
2247@cindex finding a symbol
2248@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2249The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2250code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2251
2252@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2253@findex find_pc_function
2254@findex find_pc_line
2255@item
c1468174 2256By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2257function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2258range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2259@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2260@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2261
56caf160
EZ
2262@cindex lookup_symbol
2263@item
2264By its name
c1468174 2265(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2266function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2267psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2268have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2269case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2270qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2271local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2272does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2273@end itemize
2274
2275The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2276at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2277while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2278psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2279them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2280either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2281name.
2282
56caf160
EZ
2283It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2284been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2285in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2286all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2287ranges.
c906108c 2288
56caf160 2289The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2290thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2291be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2292bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2293and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2294on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2295unless you want to do a lot more work.
2296
ccefe4c4
TT
2297Whether or not psymtabs are created depends on the objfile's symbol
2298reader. The core of @value{GDBN} hides the details of partial symbols
2299and partial symbol tables behind a set of function pointers known as
2300the @dfn{quick symbol functions}. These are documented in
2301@file{symfile.h}.
2302
c906108c
SS
2303@section Types
2304
56caf160 2305@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2306
56caf160 2307@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2308These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2309types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2310into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2311that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2312knows about.
c906108c 2313
56caf160 2314@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2315
56caf160
EZ
2316@cindex type codes
2317Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2318of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2319@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2320which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2321types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2322other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2323or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2324
56caf160 2325@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2326
2327These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2328fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2329use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2330eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2331initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2332@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2333an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2334@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2335only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2336@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2337some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2338
2339@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2340@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2341
2342@subsection a.out
2343
56caf160
EZ
2344@cindex @code{a.out} format
2345The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2346consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2347which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2348respectively.
c906108c 2349
56caf160 2350The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2351place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2352@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2353format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2354symbols with distinctive attributes.
2355
56caf160 2356The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2357
2358@subsection COFF
2359
56caf160 2360@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2361The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2362COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2363number of sections is limited.
2364
2365The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2366was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2367For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2368included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2369encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2370
2371The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2372
2373@subsection ECOFF
2374
56caf160 2375@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2376ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2377workstations.
2378
2379The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2380
2381@subsection XCOFF
2382
56caf160 2383@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2384The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2385The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2386symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2387@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2388information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2389
2390The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2391shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2392refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2393relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2394using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2395been run (or the core file has been read).
2396
2397@subsection PE
2398
56caf160
EZ
2399@cindex PE-COFF format
2400Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2401executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2402
25822942 2403While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2404COFF reader.
2405
2406@subsection ELF
2407
56caf160 2408@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2409The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2410similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2411removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2412encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2413
2414The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2415
2416@subsection SOM
2417
56caf160 2418@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2419SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2420SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2421
1a92f856 2422The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2423
c906108c
SS
2424@section Debugging File Formats
2425
2426This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2427are independent of the object file format.
2428
2429@subsection stabs
2430
56caf160 2431@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2432@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2433format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2434formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2435
2436While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2437including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2438the real work.
2439
2440@subsection COFF
2441
56caf160 2442@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2443The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2444of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2445
2446@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2447
56caf160 2448@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2449ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2450
2451The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2452
1f70da6a
SS
2453@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2454
c906108c
SS
2455@subsection DWARF 2
2456
56caf160 2457@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2458DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2459
2460The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2461
31fffb02
CS
2462@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2463
2464@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2465Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2466merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2467format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2468information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2469is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2470DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2471DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2472
2473@itemize @bullet
2474@item
24754 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2476@item
24778 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2478order.
2479@end itemize
2480
2481The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2482Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2483@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2484
1f70da6a
SS
2485@subsection DWARF 3
2486
2487@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2488DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2489
c906108c
SS
2490@subsection SOM
2491
56caf160 2492@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2493Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2494
25822942 2495@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2496
56caf160
EZ
2497@cindex adding debugging info reader
2498If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2499there is probably little to be done.
2500
2501If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2502BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2503
2504You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2505debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2506routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2507debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2508depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2509
2510For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2511to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2512platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2513will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2514directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2515@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2516
c91d38aa
DJ
2517@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2518
2519Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2520its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2521namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2522
2523Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2524released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2525objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2526they could be unloaded at different times.
2527
2528User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2529these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2530is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2531the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2532
c906108c
SS
2533
2534@node Language Support
2535
2536@chapter Language Support
2537
56caf160
EZ
2538@cindex language support
2539@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2540although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2541manually.
c906108c 2542
56caf160
EZ
2543@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2544of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2545means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2546identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2547
25822942 2548@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2549
56caf160
EZ
2550@cindex adding source language
2551To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2552following steps:
c906108c
SS
2553
2554@table @emph
2555@item Create the expression parser.
2556
56caf160 2557@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2558This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2559building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2560@file{parse.c}.
2561
56caf160 2562@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2563Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2564parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2565@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2566various parsers from defining the same global names:
2567
474c8240 2568@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2569#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2570#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2571#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2572#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2573#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2574#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2575#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2576#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2577#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2578#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2579#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2580#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2581#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2582#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2583#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2584#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2585@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2586
2587At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2588initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2589@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2590@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2591that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2592and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2593@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2594language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2595for more information.
2596
2597@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2598
56caf160
EZ
2599@cindex expression evaluation routines
2600@findex evaluate_subexp
2601@findex prefixify_subexp
2602@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2603If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2604add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2605code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2606defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2607for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2608@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2609the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2610
2611@item Update some existing code
2612
2613Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2614@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2615
2616Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2617These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2618are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2619statement, an error is reported.
2620
56caf160 2621@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2622Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2623@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2624@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2625string.
2626
56caf160 2627@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2628Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2629language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2630dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2631
56caf160 2632@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2633Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2634code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2635This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2636Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2637file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2638information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2639code.
2640
56caf160
EZ
2641@findex print_subexp
2642@findex op_print_tab
2643Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2644expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2645printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2646
2647@item Add a place of call
2648
56caf160 2649@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2650Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2651@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2652
c906108c
SS
2653@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2654
2655Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2656variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2657not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2658distribution!
c906108c
SS
2659@end table
2660
2661
2662@node Host Definition
2663
2664@chapter Host Definition
2665
56caf160 2666With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2667definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2668mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2669
2670@section Adding a New Host
2671
56caf160
EZ
2672@cindex adding a new host
2673@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2674@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2675New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2676@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2677below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2678eventually disappear.
c906108c 2679
c906108c 2680@table @file
c906108c 2681@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2682This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2683native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2684machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2685by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2686
1f70da6a 2687Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2688@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2689@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2690
1f70da6a 2691New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2692
c906108c
SS
2693@end table
2694
1f70da6a
SS
2695(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2696used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2697have all been removed.)
2698
c906108c
SS
2699@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2700
56caf160 2701@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2702There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2703various systems.
c906108c
SS
2704
2705@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2706@cindex remote debugging support
2707@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2708@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2709This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2710default on all Unix-like hosts.
2711
2712@item ser-pipe.c
2713This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2714default on all Unix-like hosts.
2715
2716@item ser-mingw.c
2717This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2718Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2719
2720@item ser-go32.c
2721This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2722using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2723
56caf160 2724@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2725@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2726This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2727default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2728@end table
2729
2730@section Host Conditionals
2731
56caf160
EZ
2732When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2733defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2734attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2735host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2736setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2737
2738These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2739here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2740are:
c906108c 2741
56caf160 2742@ftable @code
25822942 2743@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2744The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2745@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2746
c906108c
SS
2747@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2748If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2749of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2750
2751@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2752Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2753the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2754
c906108c 2755@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2756@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2757Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2758line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2759characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2760which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2761mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2762
2763@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2764@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2765The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2766
2767@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2768@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2769The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2770
c906108c
SS
2771@item ISATTY
2772Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2773
1f70da6a
SS
2774@item FOPEN_RB
2775Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2776
2777@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2778@cindex @code{long long} data type
2779Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2780by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2781
2782@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2783Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2784the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2785@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2786
c906108c
SS
2787@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2788Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2789@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2790is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2791
c906108c
SS
2792@item NORETURN
2793If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2794that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2795indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2796if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2797
2798@item ATTR_NORETURN
2799If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2800@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2801of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2802set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2803defined.
2804
c906108c 2805@item lint
56caf160 2806Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2807
2808@item volatile
2809Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2810@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2811@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2812
2813
2814@node Target Architecture Definition
2815
2816@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2817
56caf160
EZ
2818@cindex target architecture definition
2819@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2820machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2821with them.
c906108c 2822
af6c57ea
AC
2823The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2824@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2825using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2826
b6fd0dfb
NR
2827@menu
2828* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2829* Initialize New Architecture::
2830* Registers and Memory::
2831* Pointers and Addresses::
2832* Address Classes::
587afa38 2833* Register Representation::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2834* Frame Interpretation::
2835* Inferior Call Setup::
b39f4988 2836* Adding support for debugging core files::
587afa38 2837* Defining Other Architecture Features::
b6fd0dfb 2838* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2839@end menu
2840
2841@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2842@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2843@cindex OS ABI variants
2844
2845@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2846ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2847variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2848components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2849
2850A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2851(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2852OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2853to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2854considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2855overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2856architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2857different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2858OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2859examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2860sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2861
2862@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2863A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2864selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2865for each BFD architecture.
2866
f4b3909f 2867The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2868
2869@table @code
2870
f4b3909f
EZ
2871@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2872@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2873Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2874
70f80edf
JT
2875@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2876@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2877The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2878settings for the architecture will be used.
2879
2880@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2881@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2882UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2883
2884@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2885@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2886GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2887
2888@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2889@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2890Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2891
2892@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2893@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2894OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2895
2896@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2897@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2898GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2899
2900@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2901@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2902FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2903
2904@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2905@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2906FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2907
2908@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2909@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2910NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2911
2912@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2913@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2914NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2915
2916@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2917@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2918OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2919
2920@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2921@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2922Windows CE.
70f80edf 2923
1029b7fa
MK
2924@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2925@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2926DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2927
f4b3909f
EZ
2928@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2929@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2930Irix.
2931
f4b3909f
EZ
2932@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2933@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2934Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2935
f4b3909f
EZ
2936@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2937@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2938HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2939
f4b3909f
EZ
2940@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2941@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2942HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2943
f4b3909f
EZ
2944@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2945@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2946QNX Neutrino.
2947
2948@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2949@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2950Cygwin.
2951
2952@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2953@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2954AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2955
2956@end table
2957
2958Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2959
587afa38 2960@deftypefun {const char *} gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
70f80edf
JT
2961Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2962@end deftypefun
2963
c133ab7a 2964@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2965Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2966architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2967@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2968machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2969will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2970@end deftypefun
2971
2972@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2973Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2974BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2975If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2976be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2977any architecture.
2978@end deftypefun
2979
587afa38 2980@deftypefun {enum gdb_osabi} gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
70f80edf
JT
2981Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2982The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2983be determined.
2984@end deftypefun
2985
2986@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2987Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2988@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2989corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2990architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2991with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2992@end deftypefun
2993
f4b3909f
EZ
2994@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2995Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2996@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2997from the note. This function should be called via
2998@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2999@end deftypefun
3000
b6fd0dfb 3001@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
3002@section Initializing a New Architecture
3003
587afa38
EZ
3004@menu
3005* How an Architecture is Represented::
3006* Looking Up an Existing Architecture::
3007* Creating a New Architecture::
3008@end menu
3009
3010@node How an Architecture is Represented
3011@subsection How an Architecture is Represented
3012@cindex architecture representation
3013@cindex representation of architecture
3014
7a107747 3015Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
587afa38
EZ
3016via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} in the @code{bfd_architecture}
3017enumeration. The @code{gdbarch} is registered by a call to
3018@code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from the file's
3019@code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will be automatically
3020called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments are a @sc{bfd}
3021architecture constant and an initialization function.
3022
3023@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
3024@cindex @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}
3025A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, @var{arch} is created by
3026defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
3027convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For example,
3028in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
3029@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
3030@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
3031
3032@cindex @file{configure.tgt}
3033@cindex @code{gdbarch}
3034@findex gdbarch_register
3035The resulting object files containing the implementation of the
3036@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function are specified in the @value{GDBN}
3037@file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case statement
3038pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
3039@code{configure} script. The new @code{struct gdbarch} is created
3040within the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
3041@code{gdbarch_register}:
3042
3043@smallexample
3044void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture @var{architecture},
3045 gdbarch_init_ftype *@var{init_func},
3046 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *@var{tdep_dump_func});
3047@end smallexample
3048
3049The @var{architecture} will identify the unique @sc{bfd} to be
3050associated with this @code{gdbarch}. The @var{init_func} funciton is
3051called to create and return the new @code{struct gdbarch}. The
3052@var{tdep_dump_func} function will dump the target specific details
3053associated with this architecture.
3054
3055For example the function @code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} creates its
3056architecture for 32-bit OpenRISC 1000 architectures by calling:
3057
3058@smallexample
3059gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_or32, or1k_gdbarch_init, or1k_dump_tdep);
3060@end smallexample
3061
3062@node Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3063@subsection Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3064@cindex @code{gdbarch} lookup
7a107747 3065
587afa38 3066The initialization function has this prototype:
7a107747
DJ
3067
3068@smallexample
3069static struct gdbarch *
3070@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
3071 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
3072@end smallexample
3073
3074The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
3075architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
3076have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
3077value.
3078
3079The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
3080is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
3081search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
3082return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
3083create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
3084
587afa38
EZ
3085@findex gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info
3086@cindex @code{gdbarch_info}
3087The lookup is done using @code{gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info}. It is
3088passed the list of existing architectures, @var{arches}, and the
3089@code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info}, and returns the first matching
3090architecture it finds, or @code{NULL} if none are found. If an
3091architecture is found it can be returned as the result from the
3092initialization function, otherwise a new @code{struct gdbach} will need
3093to be created.
3094
3095The struct gdbarch_info has the following components:
3096
3097@smallexample
3098struct gdbarch_info
3099@{
3100 const struct bfd_arch_info *bfd_arch_info;
3101 int byte_order;
3102 bfd *abfd;
3103 struct gdbarch_tdep_info *tdep_info;
3104 enum gdb_osabi osabi;
3105 const struct target_desc *target_desc;
3106@};
3107@end smallexample
3108
3109@vindex bfd_arch_info
3110The @code{bfd_arch_info} member holds the key details about the
3111architecture. The @code{byte_order} member is a value in an
3112enumeration indicating the endianism. The @code{abfd} member is a
3113pointer to the full @sc{bfd}, the @code{tdep_info} member is
3114additional custom target specific information, @code{osabi} identifies
3115which (if any) of a number of operating specific ABIs are used by this
3116architecture and the @code{target_desc} member is a set of name-value
3117pairs with information about register usage in this target.
3118
3119When the @code{struct gdbarch} initialization function is called, not
3120all the fields are provided---only those which can be deduced from the
3121@sc{bfd}. The @code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info} is used as a
3122look-up key with the list of existing architectures, @var{arches} to
3123see if a suitable architecture already exists. The @var{tdep_info},
3124@var{osabi} and @var{target_desc} fields may be added before this
3125lookup to refine the search.
3126
7a107747
DJ
3127Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
3128architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
3129defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
3130However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
3131so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
3132defaults from @var{arches}.
3133
587afa38
EZ
3134@node Creating a New Architecture
3135@subsection Creating a New Architecture
3136@cindex @code{struct gdbarch} creation
3137
3138@findex gdbarch_alloc
3139@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} when allocating new @code{gdbarch}
3140If no architecture is found, then a new architecture must be created,
3141by calling @code{gdbarch_alloc} using the supplied @code{@w{struct
3142gdbarch_info}} and any additional custom target specific
3143information in a @code{struct gdbarch_tdep}. The prototype for
3144@code{gdbarch_alloc} is:
3145
3146@smallexample
3147struct gdbarch *gdbarch_alloc (const struct gdbarch_info *@var{info},
3148 struct gdbarch_tdep *@var{tdep});
3149@end smallexample
3150
3151@cindex @code{set_gdbarch} functions
3152@cindex @code{gdbarch} accessor functions
3153The newly created struct gdbarch must then be populated. Although
3154there are default values, in most cases they are not what is
3155required.
3156
3157For each element, @var{X}, there is are a pair of corresponding accessor
3158functions, one to set the value of that element,
3159@code{set_gdbarch_@var{X}}, the second to either get the value of an
3160element (if it is a variable) or to apply the element (if it is a
3161function), @code{gdbarch_@var{X}}. Note that both accessor functions
3162take a pointer to the @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} as first
3163argument. Populating the new @code{gdbarch} should use the
3164@code{set_gdbarch} functions.
3165
3166The following sections identify the main elements that should be set
3167in this way. This is not the complete list, but represents the
3168functions and elements that must commonly be specified for a new
3169architecture. Many of the functions and variables are described in the
3170header file @file{gdbarch.h}.
3171
3172This is the main work in defining a new architecture. Implementing the
3173set of functions to populate the @code{struct gdbarch}.
3174
3175@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} definition
3176@code{struct gdbarch_tdep} is not defined within @value{GDBN}---it is up
3177to the user to define this struct if it is needed to hold custom target
3178information that is not covered by the standard @code{@w{struct
3179gdbarch}}. For example with the OpenRISC 1000 architecture it is used to
3180hold the number of matchpoints available in the target (along with other
3181information).
3182
3183If there is no additional target specific information, it can be set to
3184@code{NULL}.
3185
b6fd0dfb 3186@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
3187@section Registers and Memory
3188
56caf160
EZ
3189@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
3190@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
3191block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 3192
56caf160
EZ
3193@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
3194compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
3195that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
3196to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 3197and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 3198
25822942 3199@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 3200
b6fd0dfb 3201@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
3202@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
3203@cindex pointer representation
3204@cindex address representation
3205@cindex word-addressed machines
3206@cindex separate data and code address spaces
3207@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
3208@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
3209@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
3210@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
3211@cindex D10V addresses
3212
3213On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
3214indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
3215whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 3216machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
3217However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
3218address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
3219identity, and allows a larger code address space.
3220
1f70da6a
SS
3221@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
3222
172c2a43 3223For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
3224instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
3225actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
3226jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
3227full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
3228If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
3229then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
3230However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
3231low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
3232zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
3233the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
3234refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
3235code space.
3236
3237However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3238forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3239@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3240@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3241
3242(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3243affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3244going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3245
56caf160
EZ
3246To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3247one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3248byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3249of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3250@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3251@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3252@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3253and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3254
3255Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3256processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3257each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3258distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3259clean up some architecture-independent code.
3260
3261Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3262
3263@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3264Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3265@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3266appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3267@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3268@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3269inferior's.
3270
3271For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3272extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3273@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3274D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3275@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3276
3277If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3278will signal an internal error.
3279@end deftypefun
3280
3281@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3282Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3283pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3284@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3285inferior's.
3286
3287For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3288stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3289appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3290is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3291a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3292
3293If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3294will signal an internal error.
3295@end deftypefun
3296
f23631e4 3297@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3298Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3299as appropriate for the current architecture.
3300
3301This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3302For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3303described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3304@end deftypefun
3305
3306@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3307Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3308the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3309This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3310above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3311@end deftypefun
3312
4a9bb1df 3313Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3314relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3315definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3316simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3317
473f94e6 3318@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3319Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3320appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3321address the pointer refers to.
3322
3323This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3324C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3325@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3326
473f94e6 3327@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3328Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3329@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3330
3331This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3332C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3333@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3334
b6fd0dfb 3335@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3336@section Address Classes
3337@cindex address classes
3338@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3339@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3340
3341Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3342via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3343define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3344distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3345info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3346address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3347following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3348types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3349a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3350
473f94e6 3351@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3352Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3353is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3354This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3355@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3356@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3357
473f94e6 3358@deftypefun {char *} gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3359Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3360its name.
4a9bb1df 3361@end deftypefun
473f94e6 3362@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3363Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3364for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3365@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3366
3367Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3368the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3369functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3370
3371Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
337232-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3373suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3374uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3375of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3376to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3377
3378@smallexample
3379somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3380 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3381@{
b5b0480a
KB
3382 if (byte_size == 2)
3383 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3384 else
3385 return 0;
f2abfe65 3386@}
b5b0480a
KB
3387
3388static char *
3389somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3390@{
b5b0480a
KB
3391 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3392 return "short";
3393 else
3394 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3395@}
b5b0480a
KB
3396
3397int
3398somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3399 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3400@{
b5b0480a 3401 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3402 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3403 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3404 return 1;
f2abfe65 3405 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3406 else
3407 return 0;
f2abfe65 3408@}
b5b0480a
KB
3409@end smallexample
3410
3411The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
587afa38
EZ
3412to indicate the presence of one of these ``short'' pointers. For
3413example if the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is
3414one of these short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following
3415behavior:
b5b0480a
KB
3416
3417@smallexample
3418(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3419type = int * @@short
3420@end smallexample
3421
93e79dbd 3422
587afa38
EZ
3423@node Register Representation
3424@section Register Representation
3425
3426@menu
3427* Raw and Cooked Registers::
3428* Register Architecture Functions & Variables::
3429* Register Information Functions::
3430* Register and Memory Data::
3431* Register Caching::
3432@end menu
3433
3434@node Raw and Cooked Registers
3435@subsection Raw and Cooked Registers
13d01224 3436@cindex raw register representation
587afa38
EZ
3437@cindex cooked register representation
3438@cindex representations, raw and cooked registers
3439
3440@value{GDBN} considers registers to be a set with members numbered
3441linearly from 0 upwards. The first part of that set corresponds to real
3442physical registers, the second part to any @dfn{pseudo-registers}.
3443Pseudo-registers have no independent physical existence, but are useful
3444representations of information within the architecture. For example the
3445OpenRISC 1000 architecture has up to 32 general purpose registers, which
3446are typically represented as 32-bit (or 64-bit) integers. However the
3447GPRs are also used as operands to the floating point operations, and it
3448could be convenient to define a set of pseudo-registers, to show the
3449GPRs represented as floating point values.
3450
3451For any architecture, the implementer will decide on a mapping from
3452hardware to @value{GDBN} register numbers. The registers corresponding to real
3453hardware are referred to as @dfn{raw} registers, the remaining registers are
3454@dfn{pseudo-registers}. The total register set (raw and pseudo) is called
3455the @dfn{cooked} register set.
3456
3457
3458@node Register Architecture Functions & Variables
3459@subsection Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture
3460@cindex @code{gdbarch} register architecture functions
3461
3462These @code{struct gdbarch} functions and variables specify the number
3463and type of registers in the architecture.
3464
3465@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR read_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache})
3466@end deftypefn
3467@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void write_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{val})
13d01224 3468
587afa38
EZ
3469Read or write the program counter. The default value of both
3470functions is @code{NULL} (no function available). If the program
3471counter is just an ordinary register, it can be specified in
3472@code{struct gdbarch} instead (see @code{pc_regnum} below) and it will
3473be read or written using the standard routines to access registers. This
3474function need only be specified if the program counter is not an
3475ordinary register.
3476
3477Any register information can be obtained using the supplied register
3478cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, , Register Caching}.
3479
3480@end deftypefn
3481
3482@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3483@end deftypefn
3484@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3485
3486These functions should be defined if there are any pseudo-registers.
3487The default value is @code{NULL}. @var{regnum} is the number of the
3488register to read or write (which will be a @dfn{cooked} register
3489number) and @var{buf} is the buffer where the value read will be
3490placed, or from which the value to be written will be taken. The
3491value in the buffer may be converted to or from a signed or unsigned
3492integral value using one of the utility functions (@pxref{Register and
d0384fc4 3493Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3494Representations}).
af6c57ea 3495
587afa38
EZ
3496The access should be for the specified architecture,
3497@var{gdbarch}. Any register information can be obtained using the
3498supplied register cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, ,
3499Register Caching}.
9fb4dd36 3500
587afa38 3501@end deftypefn
13d01224 3502
587afa38
EZ
3503@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int sp_regnum
3504@vindex sp_regnum
3505@cindex stack pointer
3506@cindex @kbd{$sp}
9fb4dd36 3507
587afa38
EZ
3508This specifies the register holding the stack pointer, which may be a
3509raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined), but it is an
3510error for it not to be defined.
9fb4dd36 3511
587afa38
EZ
3512The value of the stack pointer register can be accessed withing
3513@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$sp}.
3514
3515@end deftypevr
3516
3517@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int pc_regnum
3518@vindex pc_regnum
3519@cindex program counter
3520@cindex @kbd{$pc}
3521
3522This specifies the register holding the program counter, which may be a
3523raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). If
3524@code{pc_regnum} is not defined, then the functions @code{read_pc} and
3525@code{write_pc} (see above) must be defined.
3526
3527The value of the program counter (whether defined as a register, or
3528through @code{read_pc} and @code{write_pc}) can be accessed withing
3529@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$pc}.
3530
3531@end deftypevr
3532
3533@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int ps_regnum
3534@vindex ps_regnum
3535@cindex processor status register
3536@cindex status register
3537@cindex @kbd{$ps}
3538
3539This specifies the register holding the processor status (often called
3540the status register), which may be a raw or pseudo-register. It
3541defaults to -1 (not defined).
3542
3543If defined, the value of this register can be accessed withing
3544@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$ps}.
3545
3546@end deftypevr
3547
3548@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int fp0_regnum
3549@vindex fp0_regnum
3550@cindex first floating point register
3551
3552This specifies the first floating point register. It defaults to
35530. @code{fp0_regnum} is not needed unless the target offers support
3554for floating point.
9fb4dd36 3555
587afa38 3556@end deftypevr
9fb4dd36 3557
587afa38
EZ
3558@node Register Information Functions
3559@subsection Functions Giving Register Information
3560@cindex @code{gdbarch} register information functions
9fb4dd36 3561
587afa38
EZ
3562These functions return information about registers.
3563
3564@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {const char *} register_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
3565
3566This function should convert a register number (raw or pseudo) to a
3567register name (as a C @code{const char *}). This is used both to
3568determine the name of a register for output and to work out the meaning
3569of any register names used as input. The function may also return
3570@code{NULL}, to indicate that @var{regnum} is not a valid register.
3571
3572For example with the OpenRISC 1000, @value{GDBN} registers 0-31 are the
3573General Purpose Registers, register 32 is the program counter and
3574register 33 is the supervision register (i.e.@: the processor status
3575register), which map to the strings @code{"gpr00"} through
3576@code{"gpr31"}, @code{"pc"} and @code{"sr"} respectively. This means
3577that the @value{GDBN} command @kbd{print $gpr5} should print the value of
3578the OR1K general purpose register 5@footnote{
3579@cindex frame pointer
3580@cindex @kbd{$fp}
3581Historically, @value{GDBN} always had a concept of a frame pointer
3582register, which could be accessed via the @value{GDBN} variable,
3583@kbd{$fp}. That concept is now deprecated, recognizing that not all
3584architectures have a frame pointer. However if an architecture does
3585have a frame pointer register, and defines a register or
3586pseudo-register with the name @code{"fp"}, then that register will be
3587used as the value of the @kbd{$fp} variable.}.
3588
3589The default value for this function is @code{NULL}, meaning
3590undefined. It should always be defined.
3591
3592The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch}.
6f6ef15a 3593
9fb4dd36
JB
3594@end deftypefn
3595
587afa38 3596@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct type *} register_type (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
9fb4dd36 3597
587afa38
EZ
3598Given a register number, this function identifies the type of data it
3599may be holding, specified as a @code{struct type}. @value{GDBN} allows
3600creation of arbitrary types, but a number of built in types are
3601provided (@code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_int32} etc),
3602together with functions to derive types from these.
3603
3604Typically the program counter will have a type of ``pointer to
3605function'' (it points to code), the frame pointer and stack pointer
3606will have types of ``pointer to void'' (they point to data on the stack)
3607and all other integer registers will have a type of 32-bit integer or
360864-bit integer.
3609
3610This information guides the formatting when displaying register
3611information. The default value is @code{NULL} meaning no information is
3612available to guide formatting when displaying registers.
3613
3614@end deftypefn
3615
3616@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, int @var{regnum}, int @var{all})
3617
3618Define this function to print out one or all of the registers for the
3619@value{GDBN} @kbd{info registers} command. The default value is the
3620function @code{default_print_registers_info}, which uses the register
3621type information (see @code{register_type} above) to determine how each
3622register should be printed. Define a custom version of this function
3623for fuller control over how the registers are displayed.
3624
3625The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch},
3626with output to the the file specified by the User Interface
3627Independent Output file handle, @var{file} (@pxref{UI-Independent
3628Output, , UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out}
3629Functions}).
3630
3631The registers should show their values in the frame specified by
3632@var{frame}. If @var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is zero, then all
3633the ``significant'' registers should be shown (the implementer should
3634decide which registers are ``significant''). Otherwise only the value of
3635the register specified by @var{regnum} should be output. If
3636@var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is non-zero (true), then the value of
3637all registers should be shown.
3638
3639By default @code{default_print_registers_info} prints one register per
3640line, and if @var{all} is zero omits floating-point registers.
3641
3642@end deftypefn
3643
3644@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_float_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3645
3646Define this function to provide output about the floating point unit and
3647registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info float} command respectively.
3648The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3649will be provided.
3650
3651The @var{gdbarch} and @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the same
3652meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The string
3653@var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info float}
3654command.
3655
3656Define this function if the target supports floating point operations.
6f6ef15a 3657
9fb4dd36
JB
3658@end deftypefn
3659
587afa38
EZ
3660@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_vector_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3661
3662Define this function to provide output about the vector unit and
3663registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info vector} command respectively.
3664The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3665will be provided.
3666
3667The @var{gdbarch}, @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the
3668same meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The
3669string @var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info
3670vector} command.
3671
3672Define this function if the target supports vector operations.
9fb4dd36 3673
9fb4dd36
JB
3674@end deftypefn
3675
587afa38
EZ
3676@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum}, struct reggroup *@var{group})
3677
3678@value{GDBN} groups registers into different categories (general,
3679vector, floating point etc). This function, given a register,
3680@var{regnum}, and group, @var{group}, returns 1 (true) if the register
3681is in the group and 0 (false) otherwise.
3682
3683The information should be for the specified architecture,
3684@var{gdbarch}
3685
3686The default value is the function @code{default_register_reggroup_p}
3687which will do a reasonable job based on the type of the register (see
3688the function @code{register_type} above), with groups for general
3689purpose registers, floating point registers, vector registers and raw
3690(i.e not pseudo) registers.
3691
3692@end deftypefn
9fb4dd36 3693
b6fd0dfb 3694@node Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3695@subsection Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
13d01224
AC
3696@cindex register representation
3697@cindex memory representation
3698@cindex representations, register and memory
3699@cindex register data formats, converting
3700@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3701
587afa38
EZ
3702Some architectures have different representations of data objects,
3703depending whether the object is held in a register or memory. For
3704example:
13d01224
AC
3705
3706@itemize @bullet
3707
3708@item
3709The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3710floating-point registers.
3711
3712@item
3713The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
587afa38
EZ
3714@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80
3715bits when stored in a register.
13d01224
AC
3716
3717@end itemize
3718
3719In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3720the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3721the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3722Interface.
3723
3724For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3725representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
587afa38
EZ
3726However, they do occasionally differ. An architecture may define the
3727following @code{struct gdbarch} functions to request conversions
3728between the register and memory representations of a data type:
13d01224 3729
587afa38 3730@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224 3731
587afa38
EZ
3732Return non-zero (true) if the representation of a data value stored in
3733this register may be different to the representation of that same data
3734value when stored in memory. The default value is @code{NULL}
3735(undefined).
83acabca 3736
587afa38
EZ
3737If this function is defined and returns non-zero, the @code{struct
3738gdbarch} functions @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3739@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} (see below) should be used to perform
3740any necessary conversion.
13d01224 3741
587afa38
EZ
3742If defined, this function should return zero for the register's native
3743type, when no conversion is necessary.
3744@end deftypefn
13d01224 3745
587afa38 3746@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3747
587afa38
EZ
3748Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of
3749type @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value
3750in raw format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at
3751@var{to}.
3752
3753@quotation
3754@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3755@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3756arguments in different orders.
3757@end quotation
3758
3759@code{gdbarch_register_to_value} should only be used with registers
3760for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3761non-zero value.
3762
3763@end deftypefn
3764
3765@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3766
13d01224
AC
3767Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3768raw format.
3769
587afa38
EZ
3770@quotation
3771@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3772@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3773arguments in different orders.
3774@end quotation
13d01224 3775
587afa38
EZ
3776@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} should only be used with registers
3777for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3778non-zero value.
3779
3780@end deftypefn
3781
3782@node Register Caching
3783@subsection Register Caching
3784@cindex register caching
3785
3786Caching of registers is used, so that the target does not need to be
3787accessed and reanalyzed multiple times for each register in
3788circumstances where the register value cannot have changed.
3789
3790@cindex @code{struct regcache}
3791@value{GDBN} provides @code{struct regcache}, associated with a
3792particular @code{struct gdbarch} to hold the cached values of the raw
3793registers. A set of functions is provided to access both the raw
3794registers (with @code{raw} in their name) and the full set of cooked
3795registers (with @code{cooked} in their name). Functions are provided
3796to ensure the register cache is kept synchronized with the values of
3797the actual registers in the target.
3798
3799Accessing registers through the @code{struct regcache} routines will
3800ensure that the appropriate @code{struct gdbarch} functions are called
3801when necessary to access the underlying target architecture. In general
3802users should use the @dfn{cooked} functions, since these will map to the
3803@dfn{raw} functions automatically as appropriate.
3804
3805@findex regcache_cooked_read
3806@findex regcache_cooked_write
3807@cindex @code{gdb_byte}
3808@findex regcache_cooked_read_signed
3809@findex regcache_cooked_read_unsigned
3810@findex regcache_cooked_write_signed
3811@findex regcache_cooked_write_unsigned
3812The two key functions are @code{regcache_cooked_read} and
3813@code{regcache_cooked_write} which read or write a register from or to
3814a byte buffer (type @code{gdb_byte *}). For convenience the wrapper
3815functions @code{regcache_cooked_read_signed},
3816@code{regcache_cooked_read_unsigned},
3817@code{regcache_cooked_write_signed} and
3818@code{regcache_cooked_write_unsigned} are provided, which read or
3819write the value using the buffer and convert to or from an integral
3820value as appropriate.
13d01224 3821
b6fd0dfb 3822@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3823@section Frame Interpretation
3824
587afa38
EZ
3825@menu
3826* All About Stack Frames::
3827* Frame Handling Terminology::
3828* Prologue Caches::
3829* Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames::
3830* Functions to Access Frame Data::
3831* Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers::
3832@end menu
3833
3834@node All About Stack Frames
3835@subsection All About Stack Frames
3836
3837@value{GDBN} needs to understand the stack on which local (automatic)
3838variables are stored. The area of the stack containing all the local
3839variables for a function invocation is known as the @dfn{stack frame}
3840for that function (or colloquially just as the @dfn{frame}). In turn the
3841function that called the function will have its stack frame, and so on
3842back through the chain of functions that have been called.
3843
3844Almost all architectures have one register dedicated to point to the
3845end of the stack (the @dfn{stack pointer}). Many have a second register
3846which points to the start of the currently active stack frame (the
3847@dfn{frame pointer}). The specific arrangements for an architecture are
3848a key part of the ABI.
3849
3850A diagram helps to explain this. Here is a simple program to compute
3851factorials:
3852
3853@smallexample
3854#include <stdio.h>
3855int fact (int n)
3856@{
3857 if (0 == n)
3858 @{
3859 return 1;
3860 @}
3861 else
3862 @{
3863 return n * fact (n - 1);
3864 @}
3865@}
3866
3867main ()
3868@{
3869 int i;
3870
3871 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
3872 @{
3873 int f = fact (i);
3874 printf ("%d! = %d\n", i, f);
3875 @}
3876@}
3877@end smallexample
3878
3879Consider the state of the stack when the code reaches line 6 after the
3880main program has called @code{fact@w{ }(3)}. The chain of function
3881calls will be @code{main ()}, @code{fact@w{ }(3)}, @code{fact@w{
3882}(2)}, @code{@w{fact (1)}} and @code{fact@w{ }(0)}.
3883
3884In this illustration the stack is falling (as used for example by the
3885OpenRISC 1000 ABI). The stack pointer (SP) is at the end of the stack
3886(lowest address) and the frame pointer (FP) is at the highest address
3887in the current stack frame. The following diagram shows how the stack
3888looks.
3889
3890@center @image{stack_frame,14cm}
3891
3892In each stack frame, offset 0 from the stack pointer is the frame
3893pointer of the previous frame and offset 4 (this is illustrating a
389432-bit architecture) from the stack pointer is the return address.
3895Local variables are indexed from the frame pointer, with negative
3896indexes. In the function @code{fact}, offset -4 from the frame
3897pointer is the argument @var{n}. In the @code{main} function, offset
3898-4 from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{i} and offset -8
3899from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{f}@footnote{This is
3900a simplified example for illustrative purposes only. Good optimizing
3901compilers would not put anything on the stack for such simple
3902functions. Indeed they might eliminate the recursion and use of the
3903stack entirely!}.
3904
3905It is very easy to get confused when examining stacks. @value{GDBN}
3906has terminology it uses rigorously throughout. The stack frame of the
3907function currently executing, or where execution stopped is numbered
3908zero. In this example frame #0 is the stack frame of the call to
3909@code{fact@w{ }(0)}. The stack frame of its calling function
3910(@code{fact@w{ }(1)} in this case) is numbered #1 and so on back
3911through the chain of calls.
3912
3913The main @value{GDBN} data structure describing frames is
3914 @code{@w{struct frame_info}}. It is not used directly, but only via
3915its accessor functions. @code{frame_info} includes information about
3916the registers in the frame and a pointer to the code of the function
3917with which the frame is associated. The entire stack is represented as
3918a linked list of @code{frame_info} structs.
3919
3920@node Frame Handling Terminology
3921@subsection Frame Handling Terminology
3922
3923It is easy to get confused when referencing stack frames. @value{GDBN}
3924uses some precise terminology.
3925
3926@itemize @bullet
3927
3928@item
3929@cindex THIS frame
3930@cindex stack frame, definition of THIS frame
3931@cindex frame, definition of THIS frame
3932@dfn{THIS} frame is the frame currently under consideration.
3933
3934@item
3935@cindex NEXT frame
3936@cindex stack frame, definition of NEXT frame
3937@cindex frame, definition of NEXT frame
3938The @dfn{NEXT} frame, also sometimes called the inner or newer frame is the
3939frame of the function called by the function of THIS frame.
3940
3941@item
3942@cindex PREVIOUS frame
3943@cindex stack frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3944@cindex frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3945The @dfn{PREVIOUS} frame, also sometimes called the outer or older frame is
3946the frame of the function which called the function of THIS frame.
3947
3948@end itemize
3949
3950So in the example in the previous section (@pxref{All About Stack
3951Frames, , All About Stack Frames}), if THIS frame is #3 (the call to
3952@code{fact@w{ }(3)}), the NEXT frame is frame #2 (the call to
3953@code{fact@w{ }(2)}) and the PREVIOUS frame is frame #4 (the call to
3954@code{main@w{ }()}).
3955
3956@cindex innermost frame
3957@cindex stack frame, definition of innermost frame
3958@cindex frame, definition of innermost frame
3959The @dfn{innermost} frame is the frame of the current executing
3960function, or where the program stopped, in this example, in the middle
3961of the call to @code{@w{fact (0))}}. It is always numbered frame #0.
3962
3963@cindex base of a frame
3964@cindex stack frame, definition of base of a frame
3965@cindex frame, definition of base of a frame
3966The @dfn{base} of a frame is the address immediately before the start
3967of the NEXT frame. For a stack which grows down in memory (a
3968@dfn{falling} stack) this will be the lowest address and for a stack
3969which grows up in memory (a @dfn{rising} stack) this will be the
3970highest address in the frame.
3971
3972@value{GDBN} functions to analyze the stack are typically given a
3973pointer to the NEXT frame to determine information about THIS
3974frame. Information about THIS frame includes data on where the
3975registers of the PREVIOUS frame are stored in this stack frame. In
3976this example the frame pointer of the PREVIOUS frame is stored at
3977offset 0 from the stack pointer of THIS frame.
3978
3979@cindex unwinding
3980@cindex stack frame, definition of unwinding
3981@cindex frame, definition of unwinding
3982The process whereby a function is given a pointer to the NEXT
3983frame to work out information about THIS frame is referred to as
3984@dfn{unwinding}. The @value{GDBN} functions involved in this typically
3985include unwind in their name.
3986
3987@cindex sniffing
3988@cindex stack frame, definition of sniffing
3989@cindex frame, definition of sniffing
3990The process of analyzing a target to determine the information that
3991should go in struct frame_info is called @dfn{sniffing}. The functions
3992that carry this out are called sniffers and typically include sniffer
3993in their name. More than one sniffer may be required to extract all
3994the information for a particular frame.
3995
3996@cindex sentinel frame
3997@cindex stack frame, definition of sentinel frame
3998@cindex frame, definition of sentinel frame
3999Because so many functions work using the NEXT frame, there is an issue
4000about addressing the innermost frame---it has no NEXT frame. To solve
4001this @value{GDBN} creates a dummy frame #-1, known as the
4002@dfn{sentinel} frame.
4003
4004@node Prologue Caches
4005@subsection Prologue Caches
4006
4007@cindex function prologue
4008@cindex prologue of a function
4009All the frame sniffing functions typically examine the code at the
4010start of the corresponding function, to determine the state of
4011registers. The ABI will save old values and set new values of key
4012registers at the start of each function in what is known as the
4013function @dfn{prologue}.
4014
4015@cindex prologue cache
4016For any particular stack frame this data does not change, so all the
4017standard unwinding functions, in addition to receiving a pointer to
4018the NEXT frame as their first argument, receive a pointer to a
4019@dfn{prologue cache} as their second argument. This can be used to store
4020values associated with a particular frame, for reuse on subsequent
4021calls involving the same frame.
4022
4023It is up to the user to define the structure used (it is a
4024@code{void@w{ }*} pointer) and arrange allocation and deallocation of
4025storage. However for general use, @value{GDBN} provides
4026@code{@w{struct trad_frame_cache}}, with a set of accessor
4027routines. This structure holds the stack and code address of
4028THIS frame, the base address of the frame, a pointer to the
4029struct @code{frame_info} for the NEXT frame and details of
4030where the registers of the PREVIOUS frame may be found in THIS
4031frame.
4032
4033Typically the first time any sniffer function is called with NEXT
4034frame, the prologue sniffer for THIS frame will be @code{NULL}. The
4035sniffer will analyze the frame, allocate a prologue cache structure
4036and populate it. Subsequent calls using the same NEXT frame will
4037pass in this prologue cache, so the data can be returned with no
4038additional analysis.
4039
4040@node Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4041@subsection Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4042
4043These struct @code{gdbarch} functions and variable should be defined
4044to provide analysis of the stack frame and allow it to be adjusted as
4045required.
4046
4047@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{pc})
4048
4049The prologue of a function is the code at the beginning of the
4050function which sets up the stack frame, saves the return address
4051etc. The code representing the behavior of the function starts after
4052the prologue.
4053
4054This function skips past the prologue of a function if the program
4055counter, @var{pc}, is within the prologue of a function. The result is
4056the program counter immediately after the prologue. With modern
4057optimizing compilers, this may be a far from trivial exercise. However
4058the required information may be within the binary as DWARF2 debugging
4059information, making the job much easier.
4060
4061The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined). This function should always
4062be provided, but can take advantage of DWARF2 debugging information,
4063if that is available.
4064
4065@end deftypefn
4066
4067@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int inner_than (CORE_ADDR @var{lhs}, CORE_ADDR @var{rhs})
4068@findex core_addr_lessthan
4069@findex core_addr_greaterthan
4070
4071Given two frame or stack pointers, return non-zero (true) if the first
4072represents the @dfn{inner} stack frame and 0 (false) otherwise. This
4073is used to determine whether the target has a stack which grows up in
4074memory (rising stack) or grows down in memory (falling stack).
4075@xref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for an
4076explanation of @dfn{inner} frames.
4077
4078The default value of this function is @code{NULL} and it should always
4079be defined. However for almost all architectures one of the built-in
4080functions can be used: @code{core_addr_lessthan} (for stacks growing
4081down in memory) or @code{core_addr_greaterthan} (for stacks growing up
4082in memory).
4083
4084@end deftypefn
4085
4086@anchor{frame_align}
4087@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR frame_align (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
4088@findex align_down
4089@findex align_up
4090
4091The architecture may have constraints on how its frames are
4092aligned. For example the OpenRISC 1000 ABI requires stack frames to be
4093double-word aligned, but 32-bit versions of the architecture allocate
4094single-word values to the stack. Thus extra padding may be needed at
4095the end of a stack frame.
4096
4097Given a proposed address for the stack pointer, this function
4098returns a suitably aligned address (by expanding the stack frame).
4099
4100The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). This function should be defined
4101for any architecture where it is possible the stack could become
4102misaligned. The utility functions @code{align_down} (for falling
4103stacks) and @code{align_up} (for rising stacks) will facilitate the
4104implementation of this function.
4105
4106@end deftypefn
4107
4108@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int frame_red_zone_size
4109
4110Some ABIs reserve space beyond the end of the stack for use by leaf
4111functions without prologue or epilogue or by exception handlers (for
4112example the OpenRISC 1000).
4113
4114This is known as a @dfn{red zone} (AMD terminology). The @sc{amd64}
4115(nee x86-64) ABI documentation refers to the @dfn{red zone} when
4116describing this scratch area.
4117
4118The default value is 0. Set this field if the architecture has such a
4119red zone. The value must be aligned as required by the ABI (see
4120@code{frame_align} above for an explanation of stack frame alignment).
4121
4122@end deftypevr
4123
4124@node Functions to Access Frame Data
4125@subsection Functions to Access Frame Data
4126
4127These functions provide access to key registers and arguments in the
4128stack frame.
4129
4130@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4131
4132This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (@pxref{All
4133About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for how frames are
4134represented) and returns the value of the program counter in the
4135PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called THIS
4136one). This is commonly referred to as the @dfn{return address}.
4137
4138The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4139is typically no more than:
4140
4141@smallexample
4142ULONGEST pc;
4143pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_PC_REGNUM);
4144return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
4145@end smallexample
4146
4147@end deftypefn
4148
4149@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4150
4151This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame
4152(@pxref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how
4153frames are represented) and returns the value of the stack pointer in
4154the PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called
4155THIS one).
4156
4157The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4158is typically no more than:
4159
4160@smallexample
4161ULONGEST sp;
4162sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_SP_REGNUM);
4163return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
4164@end smallexample
4165
4166@end deftypefn
4167
4168@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int frame_num_args (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
4169
4170This function is given a pointer to THIS stack frame (@pxref{All
4171About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how frames are
4172represented), and returns the number of arguments that are being
4173passed, or -1 if not known.
4174
4175The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined), in which case the number of
4176arguments passed on any stack frame is always unknown. For many
4177architectures this will be a suitable default.
4178
4179@end deftypefn
4180
4181@node Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4182@subsection Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4183
4184When a program stops, @value{GDBN} needs to construct the chain of
4185struct @code{frame_info} representing the state of the stack using
4186appropriate @dfn{sniffers}.
4187
4188Each architecture requires appropriate sniffers, but they do not form
4189entries in @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, since more than one sniffer may
4190be required and a sniffer may be suitable for more than one
4191@code{@w{struct gdbarch}}. Instead sniffers are associated with
4192architectures using the following functions.
4193
4194@itemize @bullet
4195
4196@item
4197@findex frame_unwind_append_sniffer
4198@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer to
4199analyze THIS frame when given a pointer to the NEXT frame.
4200
4201@item
4202@findex frame_base_append_sniffer
4203@code{frame_base_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer
4204which can determine information about the base of a stack frame.
4205
4206@item
4207@findex frame_base_set_default
4208@code{frame_base_set_default} is used to specify the default base
4209sniffer.
4210
4211@end itemize
4212
4213These functions all take a reference to @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, so
4214they are associated with a specific architecture. They are usually
4215called in the @code{gdbarch} initialization function, after the
4216@code{gdbarch} struct has been set up. Unless a default has been set, the
4217most recently appended sniffer will be tried first.
4218
4219The main frame unwinding sniffer (as set by
4220@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer)} returns a structure specifying
4221a set of sniffing functions:
4222
4223@cindex @code{frame_unwind}
4224@smallexample
4225struct frame_unwind
4226@{
4227 enum frame_type type;
4228 frame_this_id_ftype *this_id;
4229 frame_prev_register_ftype *prev_register;
4230 const struct frame_data *unwind_data;
4231 frame_sniffer_ftype *sniffer;
4232 frame_prev_pc_ftype *prev_pc;
4233 frame_dealloc_cache_ftype *dealloc_cache;
4234@};
4235@end smallexample
4236
4237The @code{type} field indicates the type of frame this sniffer can
4238handle: normal, dummy (@pxref{Functions Creating Dummy Frames, ,
4239Functions Creating Dummy Frames}), signal handler or sentinel. Signal
4240handlers sometimes have their own simplified stack structure for
4241efficiency, so may need their own handlers.
4242
4243The @code{unwind_data} field holds additional information which may be
4244relevant to particular types of frame. For example it may hold
4245additional information for signal handler frames.
4246
4247The remaining fields define functions that yield different types of
4248information when given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame. Not all
4249functions need be provided. If an entry is @code{NULL}, the next sniffer will
4250be tried instead.
4251
4252@itemize @bullet
4253
4254@item
4255@code{this_id} determines the stack pointer and function (code
4256entry point) for THIS stack frame.
4257
4258@item
4259@code{prev_register} determines where the values of registers for
4260the PREVIOUS stack frame are stored in THIS stack frame.
4261
4262@item
4263@code{sniffer} takes a look at THIS frame's registers to
4264determine if this is the appropriate unwinder.
4265
4266@item
4267@code{prev_pc} determines the program counter for THIS
4268frame. Only needed if the program counter is not an ordinary register
4269(@pxref{Register Architecture Functions & Variables,
4270, Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture}).
4271
4272@item
4273@code{dealloc_cache} frees any additional memory associated with
4274the prologue cache for this frame (@pxref{Prologue Caches, , Prologue
4275Caches}).
4276
4277@end itemize
4278
4279In general it is only the @code{this_id} and @code{prev_register}
4280fields that need be defined for custom sniffers.
4281
4282The frame base sniffer is much simpler. It is a @code{@w{struct
4283frame_base}}, which refers to the corresponding @code{frame_unwind}
4284struct and whose fields refer to functions yielding various addresses
4285within the frame.
4286
4287@cindex @code{frame_base}
4288@smallexample
4289struct frame_base
4290@{
4291 const struct frame_unwind *unwind;
4292 frame_this_base_ftype *this_base;
4293 frame_this_locals_ftype *this_locals;
4294 frame_this_args_ftype *this_args;
4295@};
4296@end smallexample
4297
4298All the functions referred to take a pointer to the NEXT frame as
4299argument. The function referred to by @code{this_base} returns the
4300base address of THIS frame, the function referred to by
4301@code{this_locals} returns the base address of local variables in THIS
4302frame and the function referred to by @code{this_args} returns the
4303base address of the function arguments in this frame.
4304
4305As described above, the base address of a frame is the address
4306immediately before the start of the NEXT frame. For a falling
4307stack, this is the lowest address in the frame and for a rising stack
4308it is the highest address in the frame. For most architectures the
4309same address is also the base address for local variables and
4310arguments, in which case the same function can be used for all three
4311entries@footnote{It is worth noting that if it cannot be determined in any
4312other way (for example by there being a register with the name
4313@code{"fp"}), then the result of the @code{this_base} function will be
4314used as the value of the frame pointer variable @kbd{$fp} in
4315@value{GDBN}. This is very often not correct (for example with the
4316OpenRISC 1000, this value is the stack pointer, @kbd{$sp}). In this
4317case a register (raw or pseudo) with the name @code{"fp"} should be
4318defined. It will be used in preference as the value of @kbd{$fp}.}.
4319
b6fd0dfb 4320@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c 4321@section Inferior Call Setup
587afa38
EZ
4322@cindex calls to the inferior
4323
4324@menu
4325* About Dummy Frames::
4326* Functions Creating Dummy Frames::
4327@end menu
4328
4329@node About Dummy Frames
4330@subsection About Dummy Frames
4331@cindex dummy frames
4332
4333@value{GDBN} can call functions in the target code (for example by
4334using the @kbd{call} or @kbd{print} commands). These functions may be
4335breakpointed, and it is essential that if a function does hit a
4336breakpoint, commands like @kbd{backtrace} work correctly.
4337
4338This is achieved by making the stack look as though the function had
4339been called from the point where @value{GDBN} had previously stopped.
4340This requires that @value{GDBN} can set up stack frames appropriate for
4341such function calls.
4342
4343@node Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4344@subsection Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4345
4346The following functions provide the functionality to set up such
4347@dfn{dummy} stack frames.
4348
4349@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct value *@var{function}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{bp_addr}, int @var{nargs}, struct value **@var{args}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, int @var{struct_return}, CORE_ADDR @var{struct_addr})
4350
4351This function sets up a dummy stack frame for the function about to be
4352called. @code{push_dummy_call} is given the arguments to be passed
4353and must copy them into registers or push them on to the stack as
4354appropriate for the ABI.
4355
4356@var{function} is a pointer to the function
4357that will be called and @var{regcache} the register cache from which
4358values should be obtained. @var{bp_addr} is the address to which the
4359function should return (which is breakpointed, so @value{GDBN} can
4360regain control, hence the name). @var{nargs} is the number of
4361arguments to pass and @var{args} an array containing the argument
4362values. @var{struct_return} is non-zero (true) if the function returns
4363a structure, and if so @var{struct_addr} is the address in which the
4364structure should be returned.
4365
4366 After calling this function, @value{GDBN} will pass control to the
4367target at the address of the function, which will find the stack and
4368registers set up just as expected.
4369
4370The default value of this function is @code{NULL} (undefined). If the
4371function is not defined, then @value{GDBN} will not allow the user to
4372call functions within the target being debugged.
4373
4374@end deftypefn
4375
4376@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct frame_id} unwind_dummy_id (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4377
4378This is the inverse of @code{push_dummy_call} which restores the stack
4379pointer and program counter after a call to evaluate a function using
4380a dummy stack frame. The result is a @code{@w{struct frame_id}}, which
4381contains the value of the stack pointer and program counter to be
4382used.
4383
4384The NEXT frame pointer is provided as argument,
4385@var{next_frame}. THIS frame is the frame of the dummy function,
4386which can be unwound, to yield the required stack pointer and program
4387counter from the PREVIOUS frame.
4388
4389The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). If @code{push_dummy_call} is
4390defined, then this function should also be defined.
c906108c 4391
587afa38
EZ
4392@end deftypefn
4393
4394@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, CORE_ADDR @var{funaddr}, struct value **@var{args}, int @var{nargs}, struct type *@var{value_type}, CORE_ADDR *@var{real_pc}, CORE_ADDR *@var{bp_addr}, struct regcache *@var{regcache})
4395
4396If this function is not defined (its default value is @code{NULL}), a dummy
4397call will use the entry point of the currently loaded code on the
4398target as its return address. A temporary breakpoint will be set
4399there, so the location must be writable and have room for a
4400breakpoint.
c906108c 4401
587afa38
EZ
4402It is possible that this default is not suitable. It might not be
4403writable (in ROM possibly), or the ABI might require code to be
4404executed on return from a call to unwind the stack before the
4405breakpoint is encountered.
c906108c 4406
587afa38
EZ
4407If either of these is the case, then push_dummy_code should be defined
4408to push an instruction sequence onto the end of the stack to which the
4409dummy call should return.
4410
4411The arguments are essentially the same as those to
4412@code{push_dummy_call}. However the function is provided with the
4413type of the function result, @var{value_type}, @var{bp_addr} is used
4414to return a value (the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4415should be inserted) and @var{real pc} is used to specify the resume
4416address when starting the call sequence. The function should return
4417the updated innermost stack address.
4418
4419@quotation
4420@emph{Note:} This does require that code in the stack can be executed.
4421Some Harvard architectures may not allow this.
4422@end quotation
4423
4424@end deftypefn
4425
b39f4988
JB
4426@node Adding support for debugging core files
4427@section Adding support for debugging core files
4428@cindex core files
4429
4430The prerequisite for adding core file support in @value{GDBN} is to have
4431core file support in BFD.
4432
4433Once BFD support is available, writing the apropriate
4434@code{regset_from_core_section} architecture function should be all
4435that is needed in order to add support for core files in @value{GDBN}.
4436
587afa38
EZ
4437@node Defining Other Architecture Features
4438@section Defining Other Architecture Features
4439
4440This section describes other functions and values in @code{gdbarch},
4441together with some useful macros, that you can use to define the
4442target architecture.
c906108c
SS
4443
4444@table @code
4445
4a9bb1df
UW
4446@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
4447@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 4448If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
4449really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
4450@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
4451in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
4452
4453For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
44542.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
4455instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
4456boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
4457address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
4458example look like that:
4459@smallexample
4460arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
4461@{
4462 return (addr &= ~0x3);
4463@}
4464@end smallexample
c906108c 4465
4a9bb1df
UW
4466@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
4467@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4468If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
4469referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
4470and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
4471return 0.
4472
4473The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
4474@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
4475possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
4476@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4477
4a9bb1df
UW
4478@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4479@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
4480Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
4481has been defined.
4482
4a9bb1df
UW
4483@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
4484@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4485Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
4486the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
4487used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
4488returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
4489@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
4490values or'd together.
4491@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4492
4a9bb1df
UW
4493@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4494@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
4495Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
4496been defined.
4497
4a9bb1df
UW
4498@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
4499@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
4500Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
4501flags given by @var{type_flags}.
4502
4a9bb1df
UW
4503@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
4504@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
4505Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
4506@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4507
4a9bb1df
UW
4508@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
4509@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
4510Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
4511@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 4512This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 4513C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
4514@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4515
4a9bb1df
UW
4516@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
4517@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
4518Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
4519parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
4520original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 4521
32c9a795
MD
4522@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
4523@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4524This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
587afa38 4525the endianism of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 4526are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 4527
32c9a795
MD
4528@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
4529@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4530Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
4531bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
4532little-endian.
4533
c906108c 4534@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4535@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4536This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
4537memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
4538instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
4539pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
4540longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
4541
56caf160 4542@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 4543@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4544
c906108c 4545@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
4546@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4547@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4548@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4549Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
4550
56caf160 4551@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 4552favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4553
4a9bb1df
UW
4554@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
4555@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
4556@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42 4557contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
a655d424 4558a static string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2dd0da42
AC
4559length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
4560counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
a655d424
JK
4561breakpoint should be inserted. May return @code{NULL} to indicate that
4562software breakpoints are not supported.
c906108c
SS
4563
4564Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
4565not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
4566instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
4567instruction of the architecture.
4568
a655d424
JK
4569Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by @code{bp_loc_is_permanent} to
4570detect permanent breakpoints. @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} should return
4571an unchanged memory copy if it was called for a location with permanent
4572breakpoint as some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing
4573arbitrary parameter value.
4574
7a292a7a
SS
4575Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
4576
4a9bb1df
UW
4577@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4578@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4579@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
4580@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
4581Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
4582(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
4583@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
4584provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
4585architectures. Architectures which may want to set
4586@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
4587conventional manner.
4588
4589It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
4590custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 4591@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
4592reason.
4593
4a9bb1df
UW
4594@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
4595@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
4596@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
4597Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
4598address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
4599breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
4600
4601The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
4602The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
4603instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
4604instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
4605one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
4606in parallel.
4607
4608In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
4609from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
4610information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
4611refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
4612if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
4613statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
4614instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
4615(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
4616in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
4617at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
4618
4a9bb1df 4619The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
4620breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
4621the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
4622
4623Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
4624expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
4625is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
4626
4a9bb1df
UW
4627@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
4628@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 4629See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 4630
4a9bb1df
UW
4631This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
4632(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 4633
4a9bb1df
UW
4634@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
4635@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
4636This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
a53f55d8 4637from an inferior process.
c906108c 4638
4a9bb1df
UW
4639@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
4640@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
4641This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 4642written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
4643status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
4644default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 4645
4a9bb1df
UW
4646@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
4647@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
4648Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
4649@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
4650@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4651
a53f55d8
PA
4652@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4653@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4654This function returns the number of the first floating point register,
4655if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it returns -1.
4656
4a9bb1df
UW
4657@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
4658@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
4659This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 4660program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 4661@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 4662
56caf160
EZ
4663@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
4664@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
4665If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
4666library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
4667
4a9bb1df
UW
4668@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
4669@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
4670Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
4671If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 4672
4a9bb1df
UW
4673@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
4674@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
4675Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
4676not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 4677
c906108c 4678@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
4679@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4680@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4681@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4682If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
4683look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
4684are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
4685respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 4686
4a9bb1df
UW
4687@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4688@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
4689This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
4690will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
4691breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
4692target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
4693of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
587afa38 4694offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
1f70da6a
SS
4695from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
4696to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 4697
268e2188
AC
4698@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4699@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4700Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 4701conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 4702feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
4703repenting at leisure.
4704
9742079a
EZ
4705@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4706An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4707support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4708
4a9bb1df 4709@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 4710@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 4711Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
4712The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
4713the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
4714final `return from function call' instruction.
4715
4a9bb1df
UW
4716@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
4717@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
4718Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
4719trampoline that returns from a shared library.
4720
cfd8ab24
SS
4721@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
4722@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 4723Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
4724dynamic linker.
4725
56caf160
EZ
4726@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
4727@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
4728Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
4729should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
4730function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
4731to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
4732stepping will suffice.
4733
4a9bb1df
UW
4734@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4735@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
4736@cindex converting integers to addresses
4737Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
4738conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
4739the current architectures conventions.
4740
4741@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
4742their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
4743@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
4744computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
4745major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
4746other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
4747conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
4748out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
4749to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
4750disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 4751method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
4752@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
4753
4754@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
4755Addresses}.
4756
4a9bb1df
UW
4757@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4758@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
4759Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
4760appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
4761address the pointer refers to.
4762@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4763
4a9bb1df
UW
4764@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
4765@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
4766Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
4767@var{type}.
4281a42e 4768@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4769
9fb4dd36 4770@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4771@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 4772Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 4773form.
13d01224 4774@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
4775
4776@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4777@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 4778Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 4779form.
13d01224 4780@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4781
0ab4b752
MK
4782@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
4783@findex regset_from_core_section
4784Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
4785@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
4786
b0ed3589 4787@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 4788@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 4789Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 4790mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 4791
d3e8051b 4792@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
4793@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
4794A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 4795@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
587afa38 4796the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
4797for examples.
4798
e35879db
UW
4799@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
4800@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
4801Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
4802debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
4803them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
4804address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
4805linking faster.
4806
4807Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
4808argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
4809are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
4810debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
4811addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
4812mark the starts and ends of functions.
4813
4814In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
4815
4816@itemize @bullet
4817@item
4818@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
4819addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
4820taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
4821minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
4822has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
4823that carries the address.
4824
4825@item
4826@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
4827@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
4828guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
4829@end itemize
4830
4a9bb1df
UW
4831@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
4832@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
4833@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
4834nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
4835instead of value.
a38c9fe6 4836
4a9bb1df
UW
4837@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
4838@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
4839@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4840the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4841code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
4842the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 4843
86fe4aaa 4844@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4845function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4846
b24da7d0 4847Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 4848
4a9bb1df
UW
4849@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4850@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4851@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4852instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4853called function should return.
4854
4855Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4856should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
4857the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
4858
4859By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4860(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
4861reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
4862
1f70da6a 4863This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 4864
4a9bb1df
UW
4865@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4866@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4867Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4868regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4869
963e2bb7 4870@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4871@findex gdbarch_return_value
4872@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4873type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4874would use.
4875
4876@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4877@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4878in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4879value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4880passed in as the function's first parameter.
4881
963e2bb7
AC
4882If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4883non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4884@var{regcache}.
4885
963e2bb7 4886If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4887non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4888@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4889just returned function).
4890
92ad9cd9
AC
4891@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4892store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4893the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4894@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4895instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4896return-value extract and store.}
4897
4898@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4899parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4900that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4901then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4902@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4903
4904@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4905to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4906@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4907limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4908
4a9bb1df
UW
4909@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4910@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4911Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4912steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4913re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4914hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4915doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4916processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4917This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4918of a branch or jump.
4919
4a9bb1df
UW
4920@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4921@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4922If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4923the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4924that is at the start of the real function.
4925
1f70da6a
SS
4926@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4927@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
4928If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
4929number of that register.
4930
4a9bb1df
UW
4931@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4932@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4933Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4934regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4935
c906108c 4936@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4937@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4938The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4939current sources.)
4940
c906108c 4941@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4942@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4943Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4944
4a9bb1df
UW
4945@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4946@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4947Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4948it should be unsigned.
4949
4950The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4951equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4952character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4953Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4954on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4955
4a9bb1df
UW
4956@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4957@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4958Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4959
4a9bb1df
UW
4960@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4961@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4962Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4963
4a9bb1df
UW
4964@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4965@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4966Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4967
4a9bb1df
UW
4968@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4969@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4970Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4971
4a9bb1df
UW
4972@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4973@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4974Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4975defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4976
4977@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4978@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4979Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4980@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4981
4982@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4983@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4984Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4985@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4986
4987@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4988@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4989Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4990
4a9bb1df
UW
4991@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4992@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4993Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4994frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4995pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4996@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4997no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4998
587afa38
EZ
4999@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent
5000@c expressions for tracepoints
c906108c 5001
9742079a
EZ
5002@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
5003If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
5004watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
5005other related macros.
5006
4a9bb1df
UW
5007@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
5008@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 5009This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 5010instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
5011debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
5012This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
5013(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
5014type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
5015@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
5016instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 5017
669fac23
DJ
5018@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
5019@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
5020@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 5021frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 5022frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 5023previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 5024
4a9bb1df
UW
5025@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
5026@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
5027Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
5028@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
5029
c906108c
SS
5030@end table
5031
5032Motorola M68K target conditionals.
5033
56caf160 5034@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
5035@item BPT_VECTOR
5036Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
5037not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
5038
5039@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
5040Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 5041
56caf160 5042@end ftable
c906108c 5043
b6fd0dfb 5044@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
5045@section Adding a New Target
5046
56caf160 5047@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 5048The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
5049
5050@table @file
f0323ca0 5051@cindex target dependent files
c906108c 5052
c906108c
SS
5053@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
5054Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 5055some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 5056
af6c57ea
AC
5057@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
5058@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
5059This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
5060processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
5061targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 5062
c906108c
SS
5063@end table
5064
1f70da6a
SS
5065(Target header files such as
5066@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
5067@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
5068@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 5069
587afa38
EZ
5070@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
5071A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, arch is created by
5072defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
5073convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For
5074example, in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
5075@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
5076@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
5077
5078The object file resulting from compiling this source file, which will
5079contain the implementation of the
5080@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function is specified in the
5081@value{GDBN} @file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case
5082statement pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
5083@kbd{configure} script.
5084
5085@quotation
5086@emph{Note:} If the architecture requires multiple source files, the
5087corresponding binaries should be included in
5088@file{configure.tgt}. However if there are header files, the
5089dependencies on these will not be picked up from the entries in
5090@file{configure.tgt}. The @file{Makefile.in} file will need extending to
5091show these dependencies.
5092@end quotation
5093
5094@findex gdbarch_register
5095A new struct gdbarch, defining the new architecture, is created within
5096the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
5097@code{gdbarch_register}:
5098
5099@smallexample
5100void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture architecture,
5101 gdbarch_init_ftype *init_func,
5102 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *tdep_dump_func);
5103@end smallexample
5104
5105This function has been described fully in an earlier
5106section. @xref{How an Architecture is Represented, , How an
5107Architecture is Represented}.
5108
5109The new @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} should contain implementations of
5110the necessary functions (described in the previous sections) to
5111describe the basic layout of the target machine's processor chip
5112(registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many targets that use
5113the same processor architecture.
5114
123dc839
DJ
5115@node Target Descriptions
5116@chapter Target Descriptions
5117@cindex target descriptions
5118
5119The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
5120contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
5121some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
5122instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
5123@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
5124more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
5125directly.
5126
5127For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
5128target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
5129Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
5130topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
5131
5132@menu
5133* Target Descriptions Implementation::
5134* Adding Target Described Register Support::
5135@end menu
5136
5137@node Target Descriptions Implementation
5138@section Target Descriptions Implementation
5139@cindex target descriptions, implementation
5140
5141Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
5142an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
5143reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
5144new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
5145
5146A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
5147@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
5148@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
5149the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
515064-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
5151
5152If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
5153incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
5154@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
5155architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
5156new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
5157a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
5158of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
5159properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
5160see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
5161
5162@node Adding Target Described Register Support
5163@section Adding Target Described Register Support
5164@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
5165
5166Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
5167instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
5168specific routines to support this.
5169
5170A target description must either have no registers or a complete
5171set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
5172with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
5173responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
5174everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
5175mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
5176standard registers.
5177
5178If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
5179registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
5180
5181@itemize @bullet
5182
5183@item
5184Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
5185searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
5186
5187@item
5188Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
5189
5190@item
5191Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
5192to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
5193
5194@item
5195Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
5196feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
5197the description was incomplete.
5198
5199@item
5200Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
5201is called.
5202
5203@item
5204Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
5205fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
5206
5207@item
5208Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
5209returning it.
5210
5211@end itemize
5212
5213After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
5214@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
5215routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
5216the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
5217for any additional registers in the description.
5218
5219Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
5220
5221@itemize @bullet
5222
5223@item
5224Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
5225constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
5226as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
5227pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
5228which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
5229can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
5230@code{num_regs} instead.
5231
5232@item
5233The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
5234architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
5235@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
5236@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
5237describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
5238internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
5239gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
5240
5241@end itemize
5242
5243
c906108c
SS
5244@node Target Vector Definition
5245
5246@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 5247@cindex target vector
c906108c 5248
56caf160
EZ
5249The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
5250abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
5251actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
5252@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
5253each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 5254
52bb452f
DJ
5255@menu
5256* Managing Execution State::
5257* Existing Targets::
5258@end menu
5259
5260@node Managing Execution State
5261@section Managing Execution State
5262@cindex execution state
5263
5264A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
5265stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
5266manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
5267inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 5268active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
5269when the target has exited or not yet started.
5270
5271For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
5272not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
5273accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
5274program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
5275remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
5276are directed to the simulator.
5277
5278A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
5279onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
5280@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
5281@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
5282
5283A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
5284still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
5285@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
5286call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
5287in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
5288after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
5289time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
5290@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
5291@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
5292@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
5293@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
5294target to inactive state.
5295
5296@node Existing Targets
5297@section Existing Targets
5298@cindex targets
5299
5300@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
5301
5302Both executables and core files have target vectors.
5303
52bb452f 5304@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 5305
587afa38
EZ
5306@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code that
5307runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
56caf160 5308@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
587afa38 5309systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
1f70da6a 5310operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
587afa38 5311have a @value{GDBN} stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
1f70da6a 5312protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 5313
56caf160
EZ
5314The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
5315your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
5316SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
5317program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
5318
5319The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 5320@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
5321
5322@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
5323@item
5324%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 5325
56caf160
EZ
5326@item
5327traps are disabled;
c906108c 5328
56caf160
EZ
5329@item
5330you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
5331@end enumerate
5332
5333As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 5334is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
5335The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
5336hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
5337which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 5338set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
5339first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
5340
5341For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 5342``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
5343and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
5344controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
5345trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
5346do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
5347of the debugger/stub.
5348
5349From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 5350They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 5351
52bb452f 5352@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 5353
52bb452f 5354@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 5355
52bb452f 5356@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 5357
52bb452f 5358@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
5359
5360
5361@node Native Debugging
5362
5363@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 5364@cindex native debugging
c906108c 5365
25822942 5366Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
5367
5368@table @file
56caf160 5369@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 5370@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 5371Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
5372machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
5373native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
5374Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
5375@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
5376define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 5377@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 5378
7fd60527
AC
5379@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
5380originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
5381on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 5382purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
5383eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
5384suffix.}
5385
c906108c 5386@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 5387(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
5388macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
5389child process control and core file support.
5390
5391@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
5392Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
5393this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
5394@end table
5395
5396There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
5397various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
5398defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
5399the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
5400@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5401
5402Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
5403to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 5404Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
5405into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5406
5407@table @file
c906108c
SS
5408@item inftarg.c
5409This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5410processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
5411
5412@item procfs.c
5413This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5414processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
5415
5416@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
5417This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
5418and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
5419
5420@item infptrace.c
5421This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
5422the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
5423@end table
5424
c906108c
SS
5425@section ptrace
5426
5427@section /proc
5428
5429@section win32
5430
5431@section shared libraries
5432
5433@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 5434@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 5435
56caf160
EZ
5436When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
5437defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
5438target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
5439undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 5440
1f6d4158
AC
5441@table @code
5442
9742079a
EZ
5443@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
5444An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
5445support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
5446
990f9fe3 5447@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 5448@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 5449Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
587afa38 5450@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
990f9fe3
FF
5451@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
5452processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
5453
5454@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 5455@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
5456Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
5457want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
5458
5459@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
5460@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
5461When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
5462twice; once when
c906108c
SS
5463the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
5464number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
5465expand into the number expected.
5466
c906108c
SS
5467@end table
5468
c906108c
SS
5469@node Support Libraries
5470
5471@chapter Support Libraries
5472
5473@section BFD
56caf160 5474@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5475
25822942 5476BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5477
5478@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5479@item identifying executable and core files
5480BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5481several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5482
5483@item access to sections of files
5484BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5485sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5486(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5487calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5488length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5489
5490@item specialized core file support
5491BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5492core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5493file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5494file.
5495
5496@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5497@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5498symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5499handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5500symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5501string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5502@end table
5503
5504@section opcodes
56caf160 5505@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5506
25822942 5507The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5508library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5509
5510@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5511@cindex readline library
5512The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5513that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5514
5515@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5516@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5517
5518The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5519that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5520systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5521groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5522environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5523a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5524functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5525beyond standard functions).
5526
5527@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5528library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5529floating format support functions, the input options parser
5530@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5531
5532@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5533@cindex @code{obstacks}
5534
5535The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5536chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5537like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5538allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5539@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5540@code{obstacks}).
5541
5542The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5543object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5544representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5545these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5546symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5547fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5548offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5549string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5550information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5551unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5552various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5553names of types.
5554
5555An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5556that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5557various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5558once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5559function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5560deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5561start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5562@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5563obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5564happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5565is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5566obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5567@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5568else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5569use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5570
5571Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5572under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5573longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5574when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5575new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5576
5577@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5578@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5579
5580Regex conditionals.
5581
5582@table @code
c906108c
SS
5583@item C_ALLOCA
5584
5585@item NFAILURES
5586
5587@item RE_NREGS
5588
5589@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5590
5591@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5592
5593@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5594
5595@item Sword
5596
5597@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5598@end table
5599
350da6ee
DJ
5600@section Array Containers
5601@cindex Array Containers
5602@cindex VEC
5603
5604Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5605objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5606and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5607and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5608inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5609Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5610
5611An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5612The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5613the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5614bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5615accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5616but implemented in C.
5617
5618Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5619and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5620these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5621pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5622stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5623dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5624object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5625elements are returned by value.
5626
5627There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5628returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5629variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5630the address-of can be optimized away.
5631
5632The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5633are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5634itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5635--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5636field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5637use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5638such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5639the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5640(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5641@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5642minimal space in the structure containing them.
5643
5644Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5645available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5646that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5647(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5648needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5649If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5650to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5651@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5652elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5653too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5654but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5655is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5656can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5657
5658You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
587afa38 5659remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
350da6ee
DJ
5660in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5661operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5662There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5663ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5664@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5665into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5666@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5667the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5668
5669If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5670accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5671@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5672vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5673
5674Vector types are defined using a
5675@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5676type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5677characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5678@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5679(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5680awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5681check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5682@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5683that is not possible in plain C.
5684
5685An example of their use would be,
5686
5687@smallexample
5688DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5689
5690struct my_struct @{
5691 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5692@};
5693
5694struct my_struct *s;
5695
5696if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5697VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5698for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5699 @{ do something with elt @}
5700
5701@end smallexample
5702
5703The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5704accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5705
5706@table @code
5707@item VEC_length
5708Return the number of items in the array,
5709
5710@item VEC_empty
5711Return true if the array has no elements.
5712
5713@item VEC_last
5714@itemx VEC_index
5715Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5716
5717@item VEC_iterate
5718Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5719traversed.
5720
5721@item VEC_alloc
5722@itemx VEC_free
5723Create and destroy an array.
5724
5725@item VEC_embedded_size
5726@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5727Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5728
5729@item VEC_copy
5730Duplicate an array.
5731
5732@item VEC_space
5733Return the amount of free space in an array.
5734
5735@item VEC_reserve
5736Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5737
5738@item VEC_quick_push
5739@itemx VEC_safe_push
5740Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5741sure that it is.
5742
5743@item VEC_pop
5744Remove the last item from an array.
5745
5746@item VEC_truncate
5747Remove several items from the end of an array.
5748
5749@item VEC_safe_grow
5750Add several items to the end of an array.
5751
5752@item VEC_replace
5753Overwrite an item in the array.
5754
5755@item VEC_quick_insert
5756@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5757Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5758already exist, or the space is created.
5759
5760@item VEC_ordered_remove
5761@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5762Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5763
5764@item VEC_block_remove
5765Remove a set of items from the array.
5766
5767@item VEC_address
5768Provide the address of the first element.
5769
5770@item VEC_lower_bound
5771Binary search the array.
5772
5773@end table
5774
c906108c
SS
5775@section include
5776
5777@node Coding
5778
5779@chapter Coding
5780
5781This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5782algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5783
5784@section Cleanups
56caf160 5785@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5786
5787Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5788later.
c906108c 5789
cc1cb004
AC
5790When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5791@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5792the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5793cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5794and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5795is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5796cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5797created.
c906108c
SS
5798
5799Syntax:
5800
5801@table @code
c906108c
SS
5802@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5803Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5804
56caf160 5805@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5806@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5807Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5808@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5809handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5810@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5811@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5812from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5813
56caf160 5814@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5815@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5816Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5817@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5818
5819@findex discard_cleanups
5820@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5821Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5822the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5823@end table
5824
5825Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5826@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5827later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5828performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5829
474c8240 5830@smallexample
c906108c 5831make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5832@{
5833 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5834 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5835 ...
5836 do_cleanups (old);
5837@}
474c8240 5838@end smallexample
56caf160 5839
c906108c 5840@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5841will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5842cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5843be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5844
5845Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5846Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5847will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5848to two common cleanup styles.
5849
5850The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5851@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5852code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5853code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5854called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5855@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5856
474c8240 5857@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5858struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5859data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5860make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5861... blah blah ...
5862do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5863@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5864
5865The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5866@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5867any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5868code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5869an error:
5870
474c8240 5871@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5872FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5873struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5874... blah blah ...
5875discard_cleanups (old);
5876return file;
474c8240 5877@end smallexample
c906108c 5878
c1468174 5879Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5880that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5881means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5882interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5883functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5884@samp{longjmp} instead).
5885
ba8c9337
AC
5886@section Per-architecture module data
5887@cindex per-architecture module data
5888@cindex multi-arch data
5889@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5890
fc989b7a
AC
5891The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5892specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5893architecture object.
5894
5895A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5896
587afa38 5897@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5898@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5899per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5900in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5901architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5902and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
587afa38 5903@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5904
587afa38 5905@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5906@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5907per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5908always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5909initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5910per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5911other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5912create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
587afa38 5913@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5914
fc989b7a
AC
5915These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5916identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5917
fc989b7a 5918The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5919
587afa38 5920@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {void *} gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
fc989b7a
AC
5921Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5922@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5923or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5924current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5925pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5926corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
587afa38 5927@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5928
fc989b7a 5929The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5930
5931@smallexample
e7f16015 5932struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5933static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5934@end smallexample
5935
fc989b7a
AC
5936A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5937per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5938per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5939creation.
ba8c9337 5940
fc989b7a
AC
5941In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5942architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5943from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5944
5945@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5946static void *
5947nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5948@{
fc989b7a
AC
5949 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5950 return data;
5951@}
ba8c9337
AC
5952@end smallexample
5953
ba8c9337 5954@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5955extern void
5956set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5957@{
ba8c9337 5958 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5959 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5960@}
5961@end smallexample
5962
587afa38 5963A module can on-demand create architecture dependent data structures
fc989b7a 5964using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5965
fc989b7a
AC
5966In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5967@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5968architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5969
5970@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5971static void *
5972nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5973@{
fc989b7a
AC
5974 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5975 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5976 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5977@}
5978@end smallexample
5979
5980@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5981extern int
5982nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5983@{
fc989b7a
AC
5984 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5985 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5986@}
5987@end smallexample
5988
c906108c 5989@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5990@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5991
56caf160 5992@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5993Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5994or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5995added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5996routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5997exceeded.
5998
5999The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
6000printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
6001away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
6002@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
6003@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
6004return!
6005
56caf160 6006It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
6007space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
6008indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
6009the line wraps there.
6010
6011Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
6012finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 6013to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
6014print warnings are a good example.
6015
25822942 6016@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 6017@cindex coding standards
c906108c 6018
25822942 6019@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 6020@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
6021FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
6022of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
6023but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 6024
56caf160
EZ
6025@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
6026@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 6027
af6c57ea 6028
b9aa90c9 6029@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 6030
b9aa90c9
AC
6031@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
6032compiler.
af6c57ea 6033
b9aa90c9 6034@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
6035
6036
6037@subsection Memory Management
6038
6039@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
6040@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
6041
6042@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
6043@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
6044these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
6045they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
6046@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
6047
6048@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
6049memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
6050behavior.}
6051
6052@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
6053
6054@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
6055memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
6056free a @code{NULL} pointer.
6057
6058@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
6059@code{NULL} pointer.}
6060
6061@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
6062allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
6063
6064@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
6065restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
6066
6067@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 6068function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
6069
6070@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
6071functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
6072errors.}
6073
6074
6075@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 6076@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 6077
aa79a185
DJ
6078With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
6079@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
6080are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
6081building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
6082
6083This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
6084with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 6085from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
6086
6087The current list of warning flags includes:
6088
6089@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
6090@item -Wall
6091Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 6092
aa79a185 6093@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 6094
aa79a185
DJ
6095@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
6096code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 6097
aa79a185 6098@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 6099
aa79a185
DJ
6100@item -Wformat-nonliteral
6101Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 6102might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 6103Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 6104@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
6105but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
6106
7be93b9e
JB
6107@item -Wno-pointer-sign
6108In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
6109assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
6110signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
6111carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
6112the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
6113worth the time it would take.
6114
aa79a185
DJ
6115@item -Wno-unused-parameter
6116Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
6117unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
6118@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
6119it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
6120is being used.
6121
6122@item -Wno-unused
6123@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 6124@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
6125These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
6126currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 6127
aa79a185 6128@end table
c906108c
SS
6129
6130@subsection Formatting
6131
56caf160 6132@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
6133The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
6134strictly.
6135
af6c57ea
AC
6136A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
6137function definition should have its name in column zero.
6138
474c8240 6139@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6140/* Declaration */
6141static void foo (void);
6142/* Definition */
6143void
6144foo (void)
6145@{
6146@}
474c8240 6147@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6148
6149@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
6150be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 6151
af6c57ea
AC
6152There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
6153parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
6154required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
6155or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
6156
6157While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
6158more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
6159after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
6160whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
6161for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
6162
6163Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
6164
474c8240 6165@smallexample
af6c57ea 6166void *foo;
474c8240 6167@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6168
6169@noindent
6170and not:
6171
474c8240 6172@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6173void * foo;
6174void* foo;
474c8240 6175@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6176
6177@subsection Comments
6178
56caf160 6179@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
6180The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
6181
af6c57ea
AC
6182Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
6183@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 6184
474c8240 6185@smallexample
c906108c
SS
6186/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
6187 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
6188 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
6189 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 6190 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 6191@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6192
6193(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 6194comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
6195
6196Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
6197variable definitions, and the definition itself.
6198
6199In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
6200than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
6201line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
6202than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
6203
6204@subsection C Usage
6205
56caf160 6206@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
6207Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
6208host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
6209of evaluation of expressions.
6210
56caf160 6211@cindex function usage
c906108c 6212Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
6213in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
6214call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
6215limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
6216
6217However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
6218are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
6219
af6c57ea 6220@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
6221(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
6222protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
6223
6224@cindex types
c906108c 6225
af6c57ea
AC
6226Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
6227declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
6228
6229
6230@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 6231@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
6232
6233Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
6234a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
6235argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
6236function definition.
c906108c 6237
53a5351d
JM
6238All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
6239callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
6240be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
6241visible to random source files.
c906108c 6242
af6c57ea
AC
6243Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
6244that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
6245
6246
6247@subsection Internal Error Recovery
6248
6249During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
6250User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
6251entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
6252object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
6253Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
6254run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
6255
6256When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
6257@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
6258
6259@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
6260
6261@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
6262the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
6263@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
6264error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
6265
6266@subsection File Names
6267
6268Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
587afa38 6269case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
af6c57ea
AC
6270unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
6271
6272@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
6273platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
6274is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
6275@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
6276convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
6277@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
6278@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
6279
6280Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
6281of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6282
6283@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
6284
6285When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
6286@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
6287@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
6288independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
6289the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
6290should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
6291programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
6292
6293For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
6294
6295
6296@subsection Include Files
6297
e2b28d04 6298A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 6299
e2b28d04
AC
6300A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6301declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6302indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 6303
e2b28d04
AC
6304A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6305declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6306indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
6307be directly included.
af6c57ea 6308
e2b28d04 6309An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 6310
e2b28d04
AC
6311An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
6312Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
6313pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
6314
6315A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
6316
6317An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
6318files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
6319@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
6320
6321All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 6322
474c8240 6323@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6324#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6325#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6326header body
6327#endif
474c8240 6328@end smallexample
af6c57ea 6329
c906108c 6330
dab11f21 6331@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 6332
56caf160 6333@cindex design
c906108c 6334In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 6335semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
6336experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
6337trouble.
6338
56caf160 6339@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
6340You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
6341(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
6342must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
6343@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
6344such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
6345
6346You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
6347the target system. All references to the target must go through the
6348current @code{target_ops} vector.
6349
6350You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
6351(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
6352assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
6353host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
6354written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
6355copyright problems.
6356
56caf160 6357@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
6358Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
6359to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
6360systems.
6361
56caf160 6362@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
6363New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
6364or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
6365for features. The information about which configurations contain which
6366features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
6367has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
6368often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
6369predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
6370time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
6371with regard to this feature.
6372
6373Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 6374target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 6375
dab11f21
EZ
6376@cindex portable file name handling
6377@cindex file names, portability
6378One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
6379creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
6380assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
6381a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
6382directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
6383necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
6384system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
6385name, use the following portable macros:
6386
6387@table @code
6388@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6389@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6390This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
6391whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
6392symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
6393such hosts.
6394
6395@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 6396@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
6397Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
6398character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
6399such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
6400pass.
6401
6402@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
6403@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
6404Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
6405For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
6406@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
6407@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
6408
6409@findex FILENAME_CMP
6410@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
6411Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
6412appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
6413this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
6414will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
6415
6416@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6417@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6418Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
6419@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
6420This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
6421
6422@findex SLASH_STRING
6423@item SLASH_STRING
6424This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
6425absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
6426@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
6427@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
6428@end table
6429
6430In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
6431functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
6432basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
6433@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
6434platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
6435with @code{strrchr}.
6436
25822942
DB
6437Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
6438attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
6439multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
6440by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
6441well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
6442something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
6443using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
6444@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 6445current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 6446is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
6447implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
6448attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 6449formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 6450
56caf160
EZ
6451Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6452the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6453@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6454something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6455consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6456with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6457file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6458radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6459
af6c57ea
AC
6460All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6461@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6462messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6463@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6464
c906108c 6465
8487521e 6466@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6467
25822942 6468@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6469@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6470
56caf160 6471Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
587afa38
EZ
6472specifying the configuration of the machine. Porting a new
6473architecture to @value{GDBN} can be broken into a number of steps.
c906108c 6474
56caf160 6475@itemize @bullet
c906108c 6476
587afa38
EZ
6477@item
6478Ensure a @sc{bfd} exists for executables of the target architecture in
6479the @file{bfd} directory. If one does not exist, create one by
6480modifying an existing similar one.
56caf160 6481
587afa38
EZ
6482@item
6483Implement a disassembler for the target architecture in the @file{opcodes}
6484directory.
56caf160 6485
587afa38
EZ
6486@item
6487Define the target architecture in the @file{gdb} directory
6488(@pxref{Adding a New Target, , Adding a New Target}). Add the pattern
6489for the new target to @file{configure.tgt} with the names of the files
6490that contain the code. By convention the target architecture
6491definition for an architecture @var{arch} is placed in
6492@file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}.
6493
6494Within @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c} define the function
6495@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} which calls
6496@code{gdbarch_register} to create the new @code{@w{struct
6497gdbarch}} for the architecture.
56caf160 6498
587afa38
EZ
6499@item
6500If a new remote target is needed, consider adding a new remote target
6501by defining a function
6502@code{_initialize_remote_@var{arch}}. However if at all possible
6503use the @value{GDBN} @emph{Remote Serial Protocol} for this and implement
6504the server side protocol independently with the target.
c906108c 6505
587afa38
EZ
6506@item
6507If desired implement a simulator in the @file{sim} directory. This
6508should create the library @file{libsim.a} implementing the interface
6509in @file{remote-sim.h} (found in the @file{include} directory).
c906108c 6510
56caf160 6511@item
587afa38
EZ
6512Build and test. If desired, lobby the @sc{gdb} steering group to
6513have the new port included in the main distribution!
7fd60527 6514
56caf160 6515@item
587afa38
EZ
6516Add a description of the new architecture to the main @value{GDBN} user
6517guide (@pxref{Configuration Specific Information, , Configuration
6518Specific Information, gdb, Debugging with @value{GDBN}}).
6519
56caf160 6520@end itemize
c906108c 6521
d52fe014
AC
6522@node Versions and Branches
6523@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6524
d52fe014 6525@section Versions
8973da3a 6526
d52fe014
AC
6527@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6528@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6529
d52fe014
AC
6530@table @asis
6531@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6532@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6533an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6534@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6535a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
65366.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6537@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6538a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
65396.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6540@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6541a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6542@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6543may include additional changes
d52fe014 6544@end table
fb0ff88f 6545
d52fe014
AC
6546@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6547numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6548of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6549@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6550
53531fc1
AC
6551@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6552@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6553drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6554first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6555@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6556@var{patchlevel}.
6557
6558For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6559identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6560
6561@table @asis
6562@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6563drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6564@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6565@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6566drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
65676.1.90.20020304)
6568@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6569@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6570drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6571@end table
fb0ff88f 6572
d52fe014
AC
6573If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
65746.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6575here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6576
d52fe014
AC
6577@smallexample
6578 <HEAD>
6579 |
53531fc1 65806.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6581 |
53531fc1 6582 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6583 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6584 | |
53531fc1
AC
65856.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6586 | |
65876.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6588 | |
65896.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6590 | |
53531fc1
AC
65916.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6592 | |
65936.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6594 | |
65956.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6596 | |
65976.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6598 | |
65996.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6600 |
53531fc1 66016.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6602 |
53531fc1 6603 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6604 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6605 | |
66066.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6607 | |
d52fe014 6608@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6609
d52fe014
AC
6610@section Release Branches
6611@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6612
d52fe014
AC
6613@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6614single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6615branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6616
d52fe014
AC
6617@smallexample
6618gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6619gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6620gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6621@end smallexample
6622
6623@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6624release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6625date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6626branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6627
6628@section Vendor Branches
6629@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6630
6631To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6632@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6633(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6634its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6635Inc Patch 2)}.
6636
6637@section Experimental Branches
6638@cindex experimental branches
6639
6640@subsection Guidelines
6641
6642@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6643repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6644for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6645significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6646
d52fe014 6647The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6648
d52fe014
AC
6649@table @emph
6650
6651@item a branch has an owner
6652The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6653ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6654adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6655
6656@item all commits are posted
6657All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
87f9adc1 6658@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} patches
d52fe014
AC
6659mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6660should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6661
6662@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6663This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6664and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6665
6666@item a branch is focused
6667A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6668unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6669be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6670
6671@item a branch tracks mainline
6672This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6673pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6674mainline.
6675
6676@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6677The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6678branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6679
6680@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6681The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6682the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6683@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6684
6685@end table
fb0ff88f 6686
d52fe014
AC
6687@subsection Tags
6688@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6689
d52fe014
AC
6690To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6691branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6692
d52fe014 6693@table @code
fb0ff88f 6694
d52fe014
AC
6695@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6696@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6697The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6698date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6699sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6700@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6701cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6702cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6703 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6704@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6705
d52fe014
AC
6706@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6707The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6708on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6709use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6710@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6711cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6712cvs update \
6713 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6714 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6715@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6716@noindent
6717Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6718merge.
6719
6720@end table
fb0ff88f 6721
d52fe014
AC
6722@noindent
6723For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6724@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6725
55f6ca0f
JB
6726@node Start of New Year Procedure
6727@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6728@cindex new year procedure
6729
6730At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6731
6732@itemize @bullet
6733@item
6734Rotate the ChangeLog file
6735
6736The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6737@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6738A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6739contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6740also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6741the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6742@smallexample
6743Local Variables:
6744mode: change-log
6745left-margin: 8
6746fill-column: 74
6747version-control: never
9cb011d3 6748coding: utf-8
55f6ca0f
JB
6749End:
6750@end smallexample
6751
7f893741
JB
6752@item
6753Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6754in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6755
55f6ca0f
JB
6756@item
6757Update the copyright year in the startup message
6758
9cb011d3
JB
6759Update the copyright year in:
6760@itemize @bullet
e6f3ec50
JB
6761 @item
6762 file @file{top.c}, function @code{print_gdb_version}
6763 @item
6764 file @file{gdbserver/server.c}, function @code{gdbserver_version}
6765 @item
6766 file @file{gdbserver/gdbreplay.c}, function @code{gdbreplay_version}
9cb011d3 6767@end itemize
6ec2edbe
JB
6768
6769@item
e6f3ec50
JB
6770Run the @file{copyright.sh} script to add the new year in the copyright
6771notices of most source files. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to
6772be installed.
6773
6774@item
6775The new year also needs to be added manually in all other files that
6776are not already taken care of by the @file{copyright.sh} script:
6777@itemize @bullet
6778 @item
6779 @file{*.s}
6780 @item
6781 @file{*.f}
6782 @item
6783 @file{*.f90}
6784 @item
6785 @file{*.igen}
6786 @item
6787 @file{*.ac}
6788 @item
6789 @file{*.texi}
6790 @item
6791 @file{*.texinfo}
6792 @item
6793 @file{*.tex}
6794 @item
6795 @file{*.defs}
6796 @item
6797 @file{*.1}
6798@end itemize
6ec2edbe 6799
55f6ca0f
JB
6800@end itemize
6801
d52fe014 6802@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6803
d52fe014
AC
6804@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6805@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6806
9bb0a4d8
AC
6807@section Branch Commit Policy
6808
6809The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
68105.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6811
6812@itemize @bullet
6813@item
6814The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6815@item
6816Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6817trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6818file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6819@item
6820When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6821Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6822when debugging a static binary?
6823@item
6824The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6825the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6826@item
6827Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6828sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6829@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6830@end itemize
6831
6832@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6833functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6834This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6835reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6836
6837
cbb09e6a 6838@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6839
8642bc8f 6840Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6841code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6842(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6843
8642bc8f 6844Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6845line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6846been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6847
cbb09e6a
AC
6848The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6849wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6850Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6851
cbb09e6a 6852@enumerate
8973da3a 6853@item
87f9adc1 6854Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, the GDB mailing
cbb09e6a
AC
6855list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6856recommended.
8973da3a 6857@item
cbb09e6a 6858Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6859@item
87f9adc1 6860Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, the GDB
cbb09e6a 6861Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6862@item
cbb09e6a 6863Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6864@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6865Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6866prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6867@item
6868Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6869released.
6870@item
6871Remove the obsolete code.
6872@end enumerate
6873
6874@noindent
6875@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6876hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6877helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6878or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6879the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6880hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6881
8973da3a 6882
9ae8b82c
AC
6883
6884@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6885
8642bc8f
AC
6886The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6887changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6888instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6889building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6890@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6891
9ae8b82c 6892@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6893
9ae8b82c
AC
6894People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6895something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6896script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6897
9ae8b82c 6898@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6899
9ae8b82c
AC
6900Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6901@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6902@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6903
6904@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6905
8642bc8f 6906A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6907
8642bc8f
AC
6908@itemize @bullet
6909@item
6910@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6911@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6912@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6913file)
6914@item
6915@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6916@end itemize
6917
9ae8b82c 6918@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6919
87f9adc1 6920@uref{http://sourceware.org/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
9ae8b82c
AC
6921(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6922conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6923of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6924regressions.
8642bc8f 6925
9ae8b82c 6926@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6927
9ae8b82c 6928Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6929
9ae8b82c 6930@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6931
9ae8b82c 6932The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6933
8642bc8f 6934
30107679 6935@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6936
30107679 6937@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6938
474c8240 6939@smallexample
30107679
AC
6940$ u=5.1
6941$ v=5.2
6942$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6943$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6944$ echo $u $V $D
69455.1 5_2 2002-03-03
87f9adc1 6946$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6947-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
87f9adc1 6948cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6949-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6950$ ^echo ^^
6951...
87f9adc1 6952$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6953-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
87f9adc1 6954cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6955-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6956$ ^echo ^^
6957...
8642bc8f 6958$
474c8240 6959@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6960
6961@itemize @bullet
6962@item
b247355e 6963By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6964date/time.
6965@item
b247355e 6966The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6967@item
b247355e 6968Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6969@item
b247355e 6970@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6971@item
b247355e 6972The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6973@end itemize
6974
6975@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6976
6977@smallexample
6978$ u=5.1
6979$ v=5.2
6980$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6981$ echo $u $v$V
69825.1 5_2
6983$ cd /tmp
87f9adc1 6984$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co \
30107679 6985-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
87f9adc1 6986cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co
30107679
AC
6987 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6988$ ^echo ^^
6989U src/gdb/version.in
6990$ cd src/gdb
6991$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6992$ cat version.in
69935.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6994$ cvs -f commit version.in
6995@end smallexample
6996
6997@itemize @bullet
6998@item
6999@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 7000mechanism.
30107679
AC
7001@item
7002@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 7003initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
7004@end itemize
7005
8642bc8f
AC
7006
7007@subheading Update the web and news pages
7008
30107679
AC
7009Something?
7010
8642bc8f
AC
7011@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
7012
30107679
AC
7013The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
7014This file needs to be updated so that:
7015
7016@itemize @bullet
7017@item
b247355e 7018A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 7019@item
b247355e 7020The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
7021@end itemize
7022
7023@noindent
7024See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
7025cron table.
7026
7027The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
7028any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
7029snapshot directories.
7030
7031
7032@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
7033
7034The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
7035to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
7036refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
7037
7038The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
7039current release.
7040
7041@subheading Post the branch info
7042
7043Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
7044
7045@itemize @bullet
7046@item
87f9adc1 7047@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
30107679 7048@item
87f9adc1
PM
7049@email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
7050@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 7051@end itemize
30107679
AC
7052
7053@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
7054ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
7055list are alerted.}
7056
7057The announcement should include:
7058
7059@itemize @bullet
7060@item
b247355e 7061The branch tag.
30107679 7062@item
b247355e 7063How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 7064@item
b247355e 7065The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 7066@item
b247355e 7067The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 7068@end itemize
30107679 7069
8642bc8f
AC
7070@section Stabilize the branch
7071
7072Something goes here.
7073
7074@section Create a Release
7075
0816590b
AC
7076The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
7077down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
7078process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
7079process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 7080
0816590b
AC
7081When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
7082
7083@subsection Create a release candidate
7084
7085The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
7086made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
7087candidate).
7088
7089@subsubheading Freeze the branch
7090
7091Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
87f9adc1 7092@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org}.
0816590b
AC
7093
7094@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 7095
474c8240 7096@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7097$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
7098$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7099$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
7100$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 7101/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7102$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
7103$ cd $t/$b/$v
7104$ pwd
0816590b 7105/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
7106$ which autoconf
7107/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 7108$
474c8240 7109@end smallexample
8973da3a 7110
0816590b
AC
7111@noindent
7112Notes:
8973da3a 7113
0816590b
AC
7114@itemize @bullet
7115@item
7116Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
af542c2e 7117version documented in the toplevel @file{README-maintainer-mode} file.
bc3a0b4d
RW
7118It is very unlikely that the version of @code{autoconf} installed in
7119system directories (e.g., @file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
0816590b
AC
7120@end itemize
7121
7122@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 7123
474c8240 7124@smallexample
b247355e 7125$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7126do
8973da3a
AC
7127( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
7128done
8642bc8f 7129$
474c8240 7130@end smallexample
8973da3a 7131
0816590b
AC
7132@noindent
7133Note:
8642bc8f 7134
0816590b
AC
7135@itemize @bullet
7136@item
7137The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
7138any confusion between what is written here and what your local
7139@code{cvs} really does.
7140@end itemize
7141
7142@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 7143
0816590b
AC
7144@table @file
7145
7146@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
7147
7148Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
7149releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
7150
0816590b 7151Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 7152
474c8240 7153@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7154$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
7155...
7156c-x 4 a
7157...
7158c-x c-s c-x c-c
7159$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
7160$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7161@end smallexample
8973da3a 7162
0816590b
AC
7163@item gdb/README
7164
7165You'll need to update:
8973da3a 7166
0816590b
AC
7167@itemize @bullet
7168@item
b247355e 7169The version.
0816590b 7170@item
b247355e 7171The update date.
0816590b 7172@item
b247355e 7173Who did it.
0816590b 7174@end itemize
8973da3a 7175
474c8240 7176@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7177$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
7178...
8973da3a 7179c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 7180...
8973da3a 7181c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7182$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
7183$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7184@end smallexample
8973da3a 7185
0816590b
AC
7186@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
7187before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
7188to get it updated.}
8973da3a 7189
8642bc8f
AC
7190@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
7191@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
7192pursuing.}
8973da3a 7193
0816590b 7194@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 7195
474c8240 7196@smallexample
8642bc8f 7197$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
7198$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
71995.2
8642bc8f 7200$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
7201...
7202c-x 4 a
0816590b 7203... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 7204c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7205$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
7206$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7207@end smallexample
8973da3a 7208
0816590b
AC
7209@end table
7210
7211@subsubheading Do the dirty work
7212
7213This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 7214
4ce8657e
MC
7215@smallexample
7216$ for m in gdb insight
7217do
7218( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
7219done
4ce8657e
MC
7220@end smallexample
7221
7222If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
7223(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
7224
474c8240 7225@smallexample
0816590b 7226$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7227do
0816590b 7228( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 7229done
474c8240 7230@end smallexample
8973da3a 7231
0816590b 7232@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 7233
0816590b 7234You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
7235@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
7236for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 7237
474c8240 7238@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7239$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
7240M djunpack.bat
0816590b 7241? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 7242? proto-toplev
0816590b 7243@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
7244M gdb/ChangeLog
7245M gdb/NEWS
7246M gdb/README
7247M gdb/version.in
0816590b 7248@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 7249$
474c8240 7250@end smallexample
8973da3a 7251
0816590b 7252@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
7253@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
7254@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
7255was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 7256didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 7257
0816590b 7258@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 7259
474c8240 7260@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7261$ cp */src/*.tar .
7262$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
7263$ ls -F
b247355e 7264gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
7265$ for m in gdb insight
7266do
7267bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
7268gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
7269done
7270$
474c8240 7271@end smallexample
8973da3a 7272
0816590b
AC
7273@noindent
7274Note:
7275
7276@itemize @bullet
7277@item
7278A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
7279in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
7280can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
7281process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
7282@end itemize
7283
7284@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 7285
0816590b 7286Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 7287
0816590b
AC
7288@smallexample
7289$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
7290$ cd gdb-5.2
7291$ ./configure
7292$ make
7293@dots{}
7294$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
7295GNU gdb 5.2
7296@dots{}
7297(gdb) b main
7298Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
7299(gdb) run
7300Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
7301
7302Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
7303734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7304(gdb) print args
7305$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
7306(gdb)
7307@end smallexample
8973da3a 7308
0816590b 7309@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 7310
0816590b 7311If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 7312
0816590b
AC
7313@enumerate
7314@item
7315Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
7316@item
7317Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
7318@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
7319process can restart.
7320@item
7321Make the release candidate available in
87f9adc1 7322@uref{ftp://sourceware.org/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
0816590b 7323@item
87f9adc1
PM
7324Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sourceware.org} and
7325@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org} that the candidate is available.
0816590b 7326@end enumerate
8642bc8f 7327
0816590b 7328@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 7329
0816590b 7330(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 7331
0816590b 7332@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 7333
0816590b 7334Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 7335
474c8240 7336@smallexample
0816590b 7337$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 7338$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 7339@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7340
0816590b
AC
7341@noindent
7342Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
587afa38 7343are available (e.g.@: keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
0816590b
AC
7344
7345@smallexample
7346$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
7347$ rm @dots{}
7348@end smallexample
7349
7350@noindent
7351Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
7352directory:
7353
7354@smallexample
7355$ vi README
7356@dots{}
7357$ rm -f .message
7358$ ln README .message
7359@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7360
0816590b 7361@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 7362
0816590b
AC
7363@table @file
7364
7365@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
7366This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
7367@itemize @bullet
7368@item
b247355e 7369General announcement.
8642bc8f 7370@item
0816590b
AC
7371News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
7372earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 7373@item
b247355e 7374Errata.
0816590b
AC
7375@end itemize
7376
7377@item htdocs/index.html
7378@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
7379@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
7380These files include:
7381@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 7382@item
b247355e 7383Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 7384@item
b247355e 7385News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 7386@end itemize
0816590b 7387These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 7388
0816590b 7389@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
7390You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
7391docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 7392from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
7393Something like:
7394
474c8240 7395@smallexample
8642bc8f 7396$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 7397 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 7398 $PWD/www \
0816590b 7399 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 7400 gdb
474c8240 7401@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7402
0816590b
AC
7403@item download/ari/
7404Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 7405
0816590b
AC
7406@smallexample
7407$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
7408 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
7409 $PWD/www \
7410 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
7411 gdb
7412@end smallexample
7413
7414@end table
7415
7416@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
7417
7418Something goes here.
7419
7420
7421@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
7422
7423At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
7424@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
7425
7426@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
7427
7428Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
7429
7430@itemize @bullet
7431@item
87f9adc1 7432@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
8642bc8f 7433@item
0816590b
AC
7434@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
7435day or so to let things get out)
7436@item
7437@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
7438@end itemize
7439
0816590b 7440@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 7441
0816590b 7442The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 7443
0816590b 7444@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 7445
0816590b 7446In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
7447
7448@itemize @bullet
7449@item
7450@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
7451@item
7452@file{gdb/version.in}
7453@item
7454@file{gdb/NEWS}
7455@item
7456@file{gdb/README}
7457@end itemize
7458
0816590b 7459@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
7460
7461Something like:
7462
474c8240 7463@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7464$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
7465$ echo $d
74662002-01-24
7467$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 7468$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 7469@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7470
0816590b 7471Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 7472@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
7473
7474@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 7475
0816590b
AC
7476Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
7477indicates when the release was made.
7478
7479@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
7480
7481If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
7482@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
7483committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 7484@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7485is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7486
7487Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7488
0816590b 7489@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7490
8642bc8f
AC
7491The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7492trunk.
8973da3a 7493
0816590b
AC
7494@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7495
87f9adc1 7496Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB
0816590b
AC
7497Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7498generated by running:
7499
7500@smallexample
7501$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7502@end smallexample
7503
7504@noindent
7505The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7506of the most recent release.
7507
7508Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7509
8642bc8f 7510@section Post release
8973da3a 7511
8642bc8f 7512Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7513
085dd6e6
JM
7514@node Testsuite
7515
7516@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7517@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7518
56caf160
EZ
7519The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7520While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7521this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7522the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7523to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7524
b247355e
NR
7525The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7526tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7527runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7528
7529@section Using the Testsuite
7530
56caf160 7531@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7532To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7533testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7534environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7535the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7536and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7537finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7538
474c8240 7539@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7540 === gdb Summary ===
7541
7542# of expected passes 6016
7543# of unexpected failures 58
7544# of unexpected successes 5
7545# of expected failures 183
7546# of unresolved testcases 3
7547# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7548@end smallexample
56caf160 7549
a9f158ec
JB
7550To run a specific test script, type:
7551@example
7552make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7553@end example
7554where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7555spaces.
7556
f5a33284
TT
7557If you use GNU make, you can use its @option{-j} option to run the
7558testsuite in parallel. This can greatly reduce the amount of time it
7559takes for the testsuite to run. In this case, if you set
7560@code{RUNTESTFLAGS} then, by default, the tests will be run serially
7561even under @option{-j}. You can override this and force a parallel run
7562by setting the @code{make} variable @code{FORCE_PARALLEL} to any
7563non-empty value. Note that the parallel @kbd{make check} assumes
7564that you want to run the entire testsuite, so it is not compatible
7565with some dejagnu options, like @option{--directory}.
7566
085dd6e6
JM
7567The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7568conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7569real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7570failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7571hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7572everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7573being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7574lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7575Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7576reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7577catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7578program.
7579
7580When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7581testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7582regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7583run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7584compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7585testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7586options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7587host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7588mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7589
7590If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7591tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7592and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7593Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7594failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7595difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7596in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7597tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7598
e7dc800a
MC
7599DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7600some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7601the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7602will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7603
7604@smallexample
7605UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7606@end smallexample
7607
c5f80513
DE
7608@section Testsuite Parameters
7609
7610Several variables exist to modify the behavior of the testsuite.
7611
7612@itemize @bullet
7613
7614@item @code{TRANSCRIPT}
7615
812f7342
TT
7616Sometimes it is convenient to get a transcript of the commands which
7617the testsuite sends to @value{GDBN}. For example, if @value{GDBN}
7618crashes during testing, a transcript can be used to more easily
7619reconstruct the failure when running @value{GDBN} under @value{GDBN}.
7620
7621You can instruct the @value{GDBN} testsuite to write transcripts by
7622setting the DejaGNU variable @code{TRANSCRIPT} (to any value)
7623before invoking @code{runtest} or @kbd{make check}. The transcripts
7624will be written into DejaGNU's output directory. One transcript will
7625be made for each invocation of @value{GDBN}; they will be named
7626@file{transcript.@var{n}}, where @var{n} is an integer. The first
7627line of the transcript file will show how @value{GDBN} was invoked;
7628each subsequent line is a command sent as input to @value{GDBN}.
7629
7630@smallexample
7631make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7632@end smallexample
7633
7634Note that the transcript is not always complete. In particular, tests
7635of completion can yield partial command lines.
7636
c5f80513
DE
7637@item @code{GDB}
7638
7639Sometimes one wishes to test a different @value{GDBN} than the one in the build
7640directory. For example, one may wish to run the testsuite on
7641@file{/usr/bin/gdb}.
7642
7643@smallexample
7644make check RUNTESTFLAGS=GDB=/usr/bin/gdb
7645@end smallexample
7646
7647@item @code{GDBSERVER}
7648
7649When testing a different @value{GDBN}, it is often useful to also test a
7650different gdbserver.
7651
7652@smallexample
7653make check RUNTESTFLAGS="GDB=/usr/bin/gdb GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver"
7654@end smallexample
7655
1be00882
DE
7656@item @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}
7657
7658When running the testsuite normally one doesn't want whatever is in
7659@file{~/.gdbinit} to interfere with the tests, therefore the test harness
7660passes @option{-nx} to @value{GDBN}. One also doesn't want any windowed
7661version of @value{GDBN}, e.g., @command{gdbtui}, to run.
7662This is achieved via @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}.
7663
7664@smallexample
7665set INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS "-nw -nx"
7666@end smallexample
7667
7668This is all well and good, except when testing an installed @value{GDBN}
7669that has been configured with @option{--with-system-gdbinit}. Here one
7670does not want @file{~/.gdbinit} loaded but one may want the system
7671@file{.gdbinit} file loaded. This can be achieved by pointing @code{$HOME}
7672at a directory without a @file{.gdbinit} and by overriding
7673@code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS} and removing @option{-nx}.
7674
7675@smallexample
7676cd testsuite
7677HOME=`pwd` runtest \
7678 GDB=/usr/bin/gdb \
7679 GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver \
7680 INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS=-nw
7681@end smallexample
7682
c5f80513
DE
7683@end itemize
7684
7685There are two ways to run the testsuite and pass additional parameters
7686to DejaGnu. The first is with @kbd{make check} and specifying the
7687makefile variable @samp{RUNTESTFLAGS}.
7688
7689@smallexample
7690make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7691@end smallexample
7692
7693The second is to cd to the @file{testsuite} directory and invoke the DejaGnu
7694@command{runtest} command directly.
7695
7696@smallexample
7697cd testsuite
7698make site.exp
7699runtest TRANSCRIPT=y
7700@end smallexample
7701
c09529e5
JB
7702@section Testsuite Configuration
7703@cindex Testsuite Configuration
7704
7705It is possible to adjust the behavior of the testsuite by defining
7706the global variables listed below, either in a @file{site.exp} file,
7707or in a board file.
7708
7709@itemize @bullet
7710
7711@item @code{gdb_test_timeout}
7712
7713Defining this variable changes the default timeout duration used during
7714communication with @value{GDBN}. More specifically, the global variable
7715used during testing is @code{timeout}, but this variable gets reset to
7716@code{gdb_test_timeout} at the beginning of each testcase, making sure
7717that any local change to @code{timeout} in a testcase does not affect
7718subsequent testcases.
7719
7720This global variable comes in handy when the debugger is slower than
7721normal due to the testing environment, triggering unexpected @code{TIMEOUT}
7722test failures. Examples include when testing on a remote machine, or
7723against a system where communications are slow.
7724
7725If not specifically defined, this variable gets automatically defined
7726to the same value as @code{timeout} during the testsuite initialization.
7727The default value of the timeout is defined in the file
7728@file{gdb/testsuite/config/unix.exp} that is part of the @value{GDBN}
7729test suite@footnote{If you are using a board file, it could override
7730the test-suite default; search the board file for "timeout".}.
7731
7732@end itemize
7733
085dd6e6
JM
7734@section Testsuite Organization
7735
56caf160 7736@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7737The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7738testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7739and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7740handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7741@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7742all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7743configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7744definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7745
7746The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7747subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7748with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7749in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7750get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7751
7752The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7753are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7754located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7755execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7756intelligibility.
7757
56caf160 7758@table @file
085dd6e6 7759@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7760This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7761configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7762The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7763ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7764for prototypes).
7765
7766@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7767Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7768@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7769
7770@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7771Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7772(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7773HP-UX.
7774
7775@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7776Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
77771999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7778couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7779imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7780extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7781
7782@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7783Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7784instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7785@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7786@end table
7787
7788@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7789@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7790
25822942 7791In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7792should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7793
7794You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7795includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7796However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7797instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7798calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7799
7800Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
7801necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
7802a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
7803@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
7804prompts.
7805
7806Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
7807On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
7808spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
7809
7810The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7811style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7812styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7813instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7814never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7815uniformly.
7816
c906108c
SS
7817@node Hints
7818
7819@chapter Hints
7820
7821Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7822appear anywhere else in the directory.
7823
7824@menu
25822942 7825* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7826* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7827@end menu
7828
629d6a47 7829@node Getting Started
c906108c
SS
7830
7831@section Getting Started
7832
25822942 7833@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7834work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7835know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7836
25822942
DB
7837This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7838generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7839
7840Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7841comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7842function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7843explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7844free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7845out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7846actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7847
7848Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7849native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7850repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7851macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7852default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7853also documents all the available macros.
7854@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7855@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7856@c Conditionals})
7857
56caf160
EZ
7858Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7859@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7860@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7861code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7862
7863You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7864enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7865language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7866the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7867and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7868are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7869approach.
7870
25822942 7871Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7872specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7873function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7874will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7875calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7876(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7877called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7878functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7879one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7880structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7881the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7882look like.
7883
7884Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7885code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7886principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7887else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7888rather than worrying about all its details.
7889
56caf160
EZ
7890@cindex command implementation
7891A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7892a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7893single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7894@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7895via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7896which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7897the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7898@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7899command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7900display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7901not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7902tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7903breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7904
7905@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7906If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7907on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7908wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7909@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7910Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7911
629d6a47 7912@node Debugging GDB
c906108c 7913
25822942 7914@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7915@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7916
25822942 7917If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7918fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7919Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7920debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7921./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7922@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7923
25822942 7924When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7925@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7926gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7927in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7928gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7929
7930If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7931you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7932routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7933@kbd{M-.}
7934
25822942 7935Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7936have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7937
7938@section Submitting Patches
7939
56caf160 7940@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7941Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7942@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7943Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7944changes.
7945
25822942
DB
7946The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7947This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7948
7949If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7950or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7951with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7952
56caf160 7953@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7954The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7955copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7956of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7957standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7958and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7959owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7960changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7961etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7962contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7963bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7964this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7965since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7966
7967Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7968feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7969Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7970header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7971each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7972needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7973@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7974single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7975
7976In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7977sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7978If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7979out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7980
9e0b60a8
JM
7981The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7982install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7983or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7984will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7985The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7986the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7987being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7988tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7989the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7990acceptable.
7991
7992If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7993of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7994installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7995reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7996complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7997they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7998permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7999be for quite some time.
c906108c 8000
56caf160 8001Please send patches directly to
87f9adc1 8002@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 8003
36af4ef6
MD
8004@section Build Script
8005
8006@cindex build script
8007
8008The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
8009@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
8010targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
8011affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
8012@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
8013
8014After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
8015supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
8016information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
8017in the directory the script was called from.
8018
bcd7e15f 8019@include observer.texi
2154891a 8020@raisesections
aab4e0ec 8021@include fdl.texi
2154891a 8022@lowersections
aab4e0ec 8023
56caf160
EZ
8024@node Index
8025@unnumbered Index
8026
8027@printindex cp
8028
c906108c 8029@bye
This page took 1.194106 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.